S.No. Content
S.No. Content
S.No. Content
Content Page
d
(ii)
dx
(x) = 1 1 dx x C
d x n 1 x n 1
x , n –1 x dx n 1 C, n 1
n n
(iii)
dx n 1
d
(ex) = ex e dx e C
x x
(iv)
dx
d ax x ax
a , a > 0, a 1 a dx C , a > 0, a 1
x
(v)
dx log e a log e a
d 1 1
(vi)
dx
(loge|x|) = , x 0
x x dx log e x C , x 0
d
(vii)
dx
(–cos x) = sin x sin x dx cos x C
E 1
d
(viii)
dx
(sin x) = cos x cos x dx sin x C
d
(tan x) = sec2 x sec x dx tan x C
2
(ix)
dx
d
(–cot x) = cosec2 x cos ec x dx cot x C
2
(x)
dx
d
(xi)
dx
(sec x) = sec x tan x sec x tan x dx sec x C
d
(xii)
dx
(–cosec x) = cosec x cot x cosecx cot x dx cosecx C
d 1 1
(xiii)
dx
(sin–1x) =
1 x 2 1 x 2
dx sin 1 x C
d 1 1
(xiv)
dx
(–cos–1x) =
1 x 2 1 x 2
dx cos1 x C
d 1 1
(xv)
dx
(tan–1x) =
1 x 2 1 x 2
dx tan 1 x C
d 1 1
(xvi)
dx
(–cot–1x) =
1 x 2 1 x 2
dx cot 1 x C
d 1 1
(xvii)
dx
(sec–1x) =
x x 2 1
x x 1
2
dx sec1 x C
d 1 1
(xviii)
dx
(–cosec–1x) =
x x 2 1
x x 1
2
dx cosec1x C
d 1
dx a
(ax b) '(ax b) f (ax b)
2 E
Illustration 1: Evaluate the following integrals :
1 cos 2x 1 1 2x
(i) tan 1 dx (ii) x x dx (iii) (2x 1) dx
1 cos 2x x x
2
cos 2x cos 2
(iv) sin 5x sin 3x dx (v) dx
cos x cos
Solution:
1 cos 2x 2sin 2 x
(i) Let I = tan 1 dx tan
1
dx
1 cos 2x
2
2 cos x
= tan (tan x) dx
–1
(We are assuming that 0 < x < )
2
1 2
= x dx x C.
2
1 1 x x 1
(ii) Let I = x x dx x x dx
x x x x x x
2 2 2
= x 3/2 dx x1/2dx x 1/2dx x –3/2 dx = x 5/2 x 3/2 2 x C
5 3 x
2x (2x 1) 1 1 1
(iii) Let I = dx dx 2
dx
(2x 1) 2
(2x 1) 2
2x 1 (2x 1)
log 2x 1 (2x 1) 1 1 1
C log 2x 1 C
2 (1) 2 2 (2x 1)
1 1
(iv) Let I = sin 5x sin 3x dx
2 2sin 5x sin 3x dx =
2 cos 2x – cos 8x dx
1 sin 2x sin 8x 1
= C= (4sin 2x – sin 8x) + C.
2 2 8 16
cos 2x cos 2 (2 cos 2 x 1) (2 cos 2 1)
(v) Let I = dx dx
cos x cos cos x cos
= 2 (cos x + cos ) dx = 2 sin x + 2x cos + C
1 1
Illustration 2: If f '(x) = x2 – 2
and f(1) = , find f(x)
x 3
1
Solution: Given f '(x) = x2 – 2
x
1
f (x) x 2 2 dx [Integration on both sides]
x
x 3 x 1 1 1
f(x) (x – x )dx
2 –2
C x3 C .
3 1 3 x
1 1 1 1
Also f(1) = × 13 + + C =
3 3 1 3
1 1 1 3 1
+ 1 + C = C = –1 f(x) = x + –1
3 3 3 x
E 3
5. METHODS OF INTEGRATION :
(1) Integration by Substitution :
(a) When integrand is the product of two factors such that one is the derivative of the
other i.e, I = f (x)f '(x)dx
4 E
(x 1) (x log x) 2 1
(iii) Let I = dx (x log x)2 1 dx
x x
1
Put x + log x = t 1 dx = dt
x
t3 (x log x)3
t 2 dt C C
3 3
e 4x
(iv) Let I = dx
(1 e 4x ) 2
dt 1 1 1 1
Put (1 + e4x) = t 4e4x dx dt e 4x dx 2 dt C C
4 4 t 4t 4(1 e4x )
(d) Standard formulae :
(i) tan x dx log | sec x | C log | cos x | C
(ii) cot x dx log | sin x | C = –log |cosec x| + C
x
(iii) sec x dx log | sec x tan x | C OR log tan + C
4 2
x
(iv) cosecx dx log | cosecx cot x | C OR log tan + C
2
Illustration 4: Evaluate the following integrals :
cos x cos 2x
(i) tan 3 x dx (ii)
cos(x a)
dx (iii) cos x
dx
Solution:
(i) Let I = tan3 x dx = tan x(sec x – 1) dx tan x sec x dx – tan x dx
2 2
t2 1 2
log | sec x | C = tan x – log |sec x| + C
2 2
cos x cos[(x a) a]
(ii) Let I = dx dx
cos(x a) cos(x a)
cos(x a) cos a sin(x a)sin a
dx
cos(x a)
E 5
1
Illustration 5: Evaluate : 1 tan x dx
dx cos x dx 1 (cos x sin x cos x sin x) dx
Solution: Let I =
1 tan x cos x sin x 2 cos x sin x
1 1 cos x sin x x C 1 cos x sin x
dx dx = 1 dx …..(1)
2 2 cos x sin x 2 2 2 cos x sin x
cos x sin x
Now, consider I dx
cos x sin x
Put cos x + sin x = t so that (cos x – sin x)dx = dt
dt
Therefore, I log | t | C 2 log | cos x sin x | C 2
t
dx x C 1 C
Putting it in (1), we get 1 log | cos x sin x | 2
1 tan x 2 2 2 2
x 1 C C
log | cos x sin x | 1 2
2 2 2 2
x 1 C C
log | cos x sin x | C where C 1 2
2 2 2 2
(e) Standard Substitutions :
Following standard substitutions will be useful :
Integrand form Substitution
1
(i) a 2 x 2 or x = a sin or x = a cos
a2 x2
1
(ii) x 2 a 2 or x = a tan or x = a cot
x2 a2
1
(iii) x 2 a 2 or x = a sec or x = a cosec
x2 a2
(f) Integral of some particular functions :
1 1 x a
(i) x a 2
2
dx log
2a xa
C
1 1 ax
(ii) a x
2 2
dx log
2a ax
C
1 1 x 1 x
(iii) x 2
a 2
dx tan 1 C = cot 1 C
a a a a
1 x x
(iv) a x
2
dx sin 1 C cos 1 C
2
a a
1
(v) x a2 2
dx log | x x 2 a 2 | C
1
(vi) x a2 2
dx log | x x 2 a 2 | C
6 E
dx
(g) To find the integral of the type ax 2
bx c
2 2 b c b
2
c b2
We write, ax + bx + c a x x a x
a a 2a a 4a 2
b c b2
Now, put x + = t , so that dx = dt and writing 2 k 2 .
2a a 4a
1 dt
We find the integral reduced to the form 2 depending upon the sign of
a t k2
c b2
2 and hence can be evaluated.
a 4a
dx
(i) To find the integral of the type ax 2 bx c
, proceeding same as above.
px q
(ii) To find the integral of the type ax 2
bx c
dx , where p, q, a, b, c are
3x 1 x
(iii) 2 dx (iv) 4 dx
x 2x 3 x x2 1
dx 1
(v) , (Exemplar) (vi) dx
(x )( x) (x 1) (x 5)
Solution:
x
(i) Let I= 1 9x 4
dx
1
Put x2 = t 2x dx = dt xdx = dt,
2
1
t
1 dt 1 dt 1 1 3
2 1 9t 2
.
2 9 1 2
.
18 2 1
log
1
C
t
2 t
3 3 3
1 1 3t 1 1 3x 2
log C log C
12 1 3t 12 1 3x 2
E 7
x3 x x3 x
(ii) Let I= x 4 9 dx x 4 9 dx x 4
9
dx = I1 + I2 (Say)
x3
Now, I1 dx
x4 9
Put x4 – 9 = t 4x3 dx = dt
1 dt 1 1
I1 log t C1 log x 4 9 C1
4 t 4 4
x dx
Again, I 2 4
x 9
Put x2 = u 2x dx = du
1 du 1 u 3
I2
2 u (3)
2 2
2 6
log
u 3
C2
Thus, I = I1 + I2
1 1 x2 3
= log x 4 9 C (where C = C1 + C2)
4 12 x 2 3
3x 1
(iii) Let I = x 2
2x 3
dx
d 2
Let 3x + 1= A (x 2x 3) B
dx
3x + 1 = A(2x + 2) + B …..(1)
Equating the coefficient of x and constant terms from both sides, we get
3
3 = 2A A =
2
1 = 2A + B B = – 2
3
(2x 2) 2
2 3 2x 2 1
I= 2 dx 2 dx 2 2 dx
x 2x 3 2 x 2x 3 x 2x 3
3
I I1 2I 2 (say) …..(2)
2
2x 2
Now, I1 = x 2
2x 3
dx
Put x2 + 2x + 3 = t
(2x + 2)dx = dt
dt
= log |t| + C1 = log | x2 + 2x + 3| + C1 …..(3)
t
dx
and I 2 2
x 2x 3
dx 1 x 1
= tan 1 C2 …..(4)
(x 1) ( 2)
2 2
2 2
8 E
Using (3) and (4) in (2), we get
3 1 x 1
I= log|x2 + 2x + 3| 2 tan 1 C1 C2
2 2 2
3 x 1
I= log|x2 + 2x + 3| 2 tan 1 C (where C = C1 + C2)
2 2
x
(iv) Let I = x 4
x2 1
dx
1
Put x2 = t 2x dx = dt x dx = dt,
2
1 dt 1 dt
2 t t 1 2 1 2 3 2
2
t
2 2
1
1 1 t 1 2t 1 1 1 2x 1
2
. tan 1 2 C tan 1 C tan C
2 3 3 3 3 3 3
2 2
dx
(v) Let I = ,
(x )( x)
Put x – = t2. Then dx = 2tdt.
2tdt 2dt
Now I
t 2 ( t 2 ) ( t 2 )
dt t x
= 2 , where = k2 2sin 1 C 2sin 1 C
k2 t2 k
1 1 1
(vi) Let I = dx dx dx
(x 1) (x 5) x 2 6x 5 (x 2 6x 9) 4
1
= (x 3) 2 2 2
dx log (x 3) (x 3) 2 22 C
1
log (x 3) x 2 6x 5 C x a
2 2
dx log x x 2 a 2 C
(2) Integration by partial fractions :
f (x)
Let the integrand is of the form , where both f(x) and g(x) are polynomials. If
g(x)
degree of f(x) is equal to or greater than degree of g(x) then first divide f(x) by g(x) till
the degree of the remainder becomes less than the degree of g(x). Let Q(x) is the
f (x) R(x)
quotient and R(x) the remainder, then = Q(x) +
g(x) g(x)
E 9
R(x)
Now in , factorize g(x) and then write partial fractions in the following manner.
g(x)
(a) For every non repeated linear factors in the denominator, write
(px q) A B
(x a)(x b) (x a) (x b)
(b) For repeated linear factors in the denominator, write
(px q) A B C D
(x a) (x b) (x a) (x a) (x a) (x b)
3 2 3
(c) For every non repeated quadratic factor in the denominator, write
(px q) Ax B C
(ax bx c) (x d) (ax bx c) (x d)
2 2
1 x3
(iii) (ex 1)3 dx (iv) dx
(x 1)(x 2 1)
Solution: By partial fraction, we write
3x 1 A B C
(i) .....(1)
(x 2) (x 2) (x 2) (x 2)
2 2
(x 2)
3x + 1 = A(x – 2) (x + 2) + B(x + 2) + C(x – 2)2
7 5
when x = 2 B and x = –2 C
4 16
Equating coefficient of x2 on both sides of (1), we get
5
0 = A + C A = – C = .
16
Putting the value of A, B and C in equation (1)
3x 1 5 1 7 1 5 1
. . .
(x 2) (x 2) 16 (x 2) 4 (x 2)
2 2
16 (x 2)
3x 1 5 1 7 1 5 1
(x 2) 2
(x 2)
dx . .
16 x 2 4 (x 2)
2
.
16 x 2
dx
5 1 7 5 1
16 (x 2)
dx (x 2)2 dx
4
16 (x 2)
dx
5 7 (x 2)1 5 5 x2 7 1
log x 2 . log x 2 C log . C
16 4 1 16 16 x2 4 (x 2)
10 E
x2
(ii) Let I = x 4 x 2 2 dx
Put x2 = y.
x2 y y A B
Then 4 2 …..(1)
x x 2 y y 2 (y 2)(y 1) (y 2) (y 1)
2
So y = A(y – 1) + B (y + 2)
2 1
Comparing coefficient, we get A , B [put in equation (1)]
3 3
x2 2 1 1 1
x x 2 3 (y 2) 3 (y 1)
4 2
Put y = x2
x2 2 1 1 1
So
x x 2 3 (x 2) 3 (x 2 1)
4 2 2
x2 2 1 1 dx 2 1 x 1 x 1
Therefore, x 4 x 2 2 dx 3 x 2 2 dx 3 x 2 1 3 tan 2 6 log x 1 C
1
(iii) Let I = x dx
(e 1)3
1 1
Put ex = t ex dx = dt dx = x
dt dx dt
e t
1 1
(e x
1) 3
dx
t(t 1)3
dt
1 A B C D
Let
t(t 1) 3
t (t 1) (t 1) 2
(t 1)3
1 = A(t + 1)3 + B t(t + 1)2 + C t (t + 1) + Dt .....(1)
when t = 0 A = 1 and t = – 1 D = – 1
Equating coefficients of t3 on the two sides of (1), we get A + B = 0 B = – A B = –1
Equating coefficient of t2 on both sides, we get 0 = 3A + 2B + C
C = –3A – 2B = –3(1) – 2(–1) = –1
1 1 1 1 1
Hence,
t(t 1) 3
t (t 1) (t 1) 2
(t 1)3
1 1 1 1 1
I = (e x
1) 3
dx
t (t 1) (t 1)
2
(t 1) 3
dt
(t 1)1 (t 1)2
= log |t| – log |t + 1| – C
1 2
1 1 1
= log |ex| – log |(ex + 1)| + x C (t = ex > 0)
e 1 2 (e 1)
x
ex 1 1
log x x C
e 1 e 1 2(e 1)
x 2
E 11
x3
(iv) Let I dx
(x 1)(x 2 1)
x3 x2 x 1
1
(x 1)(x 2 1) (x 1)(x 2 1)
x2 x 1 A Bx C
Let 2
(x 1)(x 1) (x 1) (x 1)
2
x2 – x + 1 = A(x2 + 1) + (x – 1)(Bx + C)
1
Equating coff. of x2 , B
2
1
at x = 1, A
2
1
x = 0, C
2
x2 x 1 1 1 1 x 1
(x 1)(x 1) 2 x 1 2 x 2 1
2
1 1 1 x 1
Now, I 1 2 dx
2 x 1 2 x 1
1 1 1 1 2x 1 1
1 2 2 dx
2 x 1 2 2 x 1 2 x 1
1 1 1
x log(x 1) log(x 2 1) tan 1 x C
2 4 2
1 1
x log(x 1) 2 (x 2 1) tan 1 x C
4 2
(3) Integration by Parts :
(a) If u and v are the differentiable functions of x, then
i.e. Integral of the product of two functions = (first function) × (integral of second
function) – Integral of [(derivative of first function) × ( Integral of second function)]
(i) How to choose Ist and IInd function : If two functions are of different types take
that function as Ist which comes first in the word ILATE, where I stands for
inverse Trigonometric function, L stands for logarithmic function, A stands for
algebraic functions, T stands for trigonometric and E stands for exponential
functions.
(ii) For the integration of logarithmic or inverse trigonometric functions alone, take
unity (1) as the second function.
12 E
Illustration 8: Evaluate the following integrals :
(i) (1 + x) log x dx (ii) log(x 1) dx
x sin 1 x
(iii) 1 x 2
dx (iv) ex sin x dx
Solution:
x2 1 x2
2 x
(i) Let I = (1 x) log x dx log x x x dx
2
II I
x 1 x 1 x2
=
2
(2 + x) log x –
2 (2 + x) dx =
2
(2 + x) log x – 2x
2 2
+C
x 1
= (2 + x) log x – (4x + x2) + C
2 4
(ii) Let I = log(x + 1) dx = log(x 1) 1 dx
I II
1 1
= log(x + 1) . x – x dx = x log(x + 1) – 1 dx
x 1 x 1
–1
Put sin x = t x = sin t dx = cos t dt
t sin t t sin t cos t
= cos t dt = dt = t sin t dt
1 sin t 2 cos t
I II
I = ex (–cos x) – e (– cos x) dx
x
I = – ex cos x + ex cos x dx
E 13
e [f(x) + f '(x)] dx
x
(b) Integral of the type :
e [f(x) + f (x)] dx = e e
x x x
We have I = f(x) dx + f (x) dx
Taking f(x) and ex as the first function and second function, respectively, in first
integrand and integrating it by parts, we have
I = ex f(x) – f (x) e e
x x
dx + f (x) dx + C = ex f(x) + C
1 2
= ex{f(x) + f'(x)} dx where f (x) f '(x) 3
(x 3) 2
(x 3)
ex
= ex f(x) + C = +C
(x 3) 2
sin 4x 4 2sin 2x cos 2x 4
(ii) Let I = e x dx e x dx
1 cos 4x 2sin 2 2x
2sin 2x cos 2x 4
= ex dx
2sin 2x
2
2sin 2x
2
= e (f(x) + f'(x)) dx
x
[where f(x) = cot 2x f'(x) = –2 cosec2 2x]
= ex f(x) + C = ex cot 2x + C
(c) Integrals of some more types :
x 2 a2 x
(i) a 2 x 2 dx
2
a x 2 sin 1 C
2 a
x 2 2 a2
x a dx x a log | x x 2 a 2 | C
2 2
(ii)
2 2
x 2 2 a2
(iii) x 2 a 2 dx
2
x a log | x x 2 a 2 | C
2
14 E
Illustration 10: Evaluate : 10 4x 4x 2 dx [Exemplar]
Solution:
Let I = 10 4x 4x 2 dx
2 2
1 3
2 x dx
2 2
1
Put x t dx = dt
2
2
3
I 2 t dt
2
2
3
2
t 2 2
3 3
2 t 2 2 log t t 2 C
2 2 2 2
1
Put t x
2
2
x 3
1
2 2 2 2
2 1 3 2 1 1 3
= 2 x log x x C
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(2x 1) 9 (2x 1) 1
4x 2 4x 10 log 4x 2 4x 10 C
4 4 2 2
E 15
DEFINITE INTEGRAL
1. DEFINITION :
b
A definite integral is denoted by f(x) dx, where a is called the lower limit of the integral and b
a
is called the upper limit of the integral. The definite integral is introduced either as the limit of a
sum or if it has an antiderivative F(x) in the interval [a, b], then its value is the difference
between the values of F(x) at the end points, i.e., F(b) – F(a).
Solution:
4
4
x (4)2 x
(i) Let I = 16 x dx
2
(4)2 x 2 sin 1 = 8sin 1 (1) 8 4
0 2 2 4 0 2
1
(ii) Let I x log(1 2x) dx . Then,
II I
0
1
x2 1 2 x2
I log(1 2x) dx
2 0 0 1 2x 2
1
1 x2
I log 3 0 dx
2 0 1 2x
1
1
x 1 1 x2 x 1 1
I log 3 dx
2 0
2 4 4(1 2x) 1 2x 2 4 4(1 2x)
1
1 x2 x 1 1 1 1 1 3
I log 3 log(1 2x) = log 3 log 3 0 = log 3
2 4 4 8 0 2 4 4 8 8
f g(x) g(x) dx =
a
g(a)
f(t) dt
16 E
Illustration 12: Evaluate the following integrals :
1
1
1 2
1 cos x 2
dx
(i) e x
e x
dx (ii)
5
dx [Exemplar] (iii) (1 x 2
) 1 x2
0
3
(1 cos x) 2 0
Solution :
1 1
1 ex
(i) Let I = x x dx 2x dx
0
e e 0
e 1
Put ex = t ex dx = dt
when x = 0 then t = 1 and x = 1 then t = e
e
dt
I t
1
2
1
e
= tan 1 t 1 = tan–1e – tan–11 = tan–1e –
4
/2
1 cos x
(ii) Let I (1 cos x)
/3
5/2
dx
/2
1 cos x 1 cos x
I (1 cos x)
/3
5/2
1 cos x
dx
/2
sin xdx
I (1 cos x)
/3
3
1
Put 1 cos x t sin xdx dt when x then t and x then t 1
3 2 2
1 1
1 11 1 3
I 3 dt I 2 1 4
1/2
t 2 t 1/2 2 2
1/2
1
(iii) Let I (1 x )
0
2
1 x2
dx
1
Put x sin t dx cos t dt when x 0 then t 0 when x then t
2 6
/6 /6 /6
cos tdt dt sec 2 t
I
0 (1 sin 2 t) cos t 0 1 sin 2 t 0 1 2 tan 2 t
dt
1
Put tan t u sec2 t dt du when t 0 then u 0 when t then u
6 3
1/ 3
du 1 1 2
tan 1 2u 0
1/ 3
I
0 1 ( 2u) 2
2
2
tan 1
3
E 17
4. PROPERTIES OF DEFINITE INTERGRAL :
b b
(P–1) : f (x) dx f (t) dt
a a
2 2
Example :
0
cos2 x dx cos2 t dt
0
4
b a
(P–2) : f (x) dx f (x) dx
a b
b c b
(P–3) : f (x) dx f (x) dx f (x) dx , where a < c < b
a a c
2
Illustration 13: Evaluate : | x 2 2x 3 | dx
0
2 2
Solution : Let I = | x 2x 3 | dx = | (x 1)(x 3) | dx
2
0 0
(x 2 2x 3), if 0 x 1
x 2 2x 3 2
(x 2x 3), if 1 x 2
Using additive property, we obtain
1 2
1
x3 2
x3
I (x 2x 3) dx (x 2x 3) dx I x 2 3x x 2 3x
2 2
0 1 3 0 3 1
1 8 1 5 2 5
I 1 3 0 4 6 1 3 = = 4
3 3 3 3 3 3
b b
(P–4) : f (x)dx f (a b x)dx
a a
b
f(a b x) dx (by P – 1)
a
/3
cot x
Illustration 14: Evaluate : 1
/6 cot x
dx
/3 /3
cot x cos x
Solution : Let I = /6 1 cot x dx =
/6 sin x cos x
dx …..(1)
cos x
/3
2
b b
I=
dx a f (x)dx a f (a b x)dx
/6
sin x cos x
2 2
18 E
/3
sin x
I
/6 cosx sin x
dx .....(2)
2I x /6
/3
3 6 6
I=
12
a a
Particular case f (x)dx f (a x)dx
0 0
/2
x
Solution:(i) Let I = 1 sin x cos x dx
0
…..(1)
/2 x a a
2
I
dx
0 f (x) dx 0 f (a x) dx
0 1 sin x cos x
2 2
/2 x
2
I
0
1 cos x sin x
dx …..(2)
/2 /2
2 dx
Adding (1) and (2), we get 2I
0
1 sin x cos x
dx I
4 0 1 sin x cos x
/2 /2
sec2 x 2 dx sec2 x 2 dx
4
0
2 2
1 tan x 2 2 tan x 2 1 tan x 2 4
0
2(1 t an x 2)
x 1 x x
Substitute tan = t sec 2 dx dt sec2 dx = 2dt
2 2 2 2
When x = 0, t = 0 and x = , t = 1.
2
1 1
2dt 1
I
4 0 2(1 t) 4 0 1 t
dt [log |1 t |]10 = (log 2 – log 1) = log 2.
4 4 4
E 19
1
log(1 x)
(ii) Let I=
0
1 x2
dx
/4
a a
I
0
log 1 tan d
4
0 f (x) dx 0 f (a x) dx
/4 /4 /4
1 tan 2
0
log 1 d
1 tan
0
log d
1 tan
{log 2 log(1 tan )}d …. (2)
0
/4 /4
2I = (log 2) 0 2I = log 2 I = log 2
4 4 8
2
sin 2 x
Illustration 16 : Evaluate : dx [Exemplar]
0
sin x cos x
2
sin 2 x
Solution : We have I dx ….(1)
0
sin x cos x
sin 2 x
2
2
2
cos 2 x
dx I dx ….(2)
0 sin
cos x sin x
x cos x 0
2 2
On adding equation (1) and equation (2) we get
2
sin x cos x
2
1 2
dx 2
2I
sin x cos x
dx
2 0 cos x
0
4
1 2
1 2
4
20
sec x dx log
2
sec x
4
tan
x
4 0
1
log sec tan log sec tan
2 4 4 4 4
1 1 2 1
log 2 1 log 2 1 log
2 2 2 1
1 ( 2 1)2 2
2I log log( 2 1)
2 1 2
1
Hence, I log( 2 1) .
2
20 E
a
(P–5) : f (x)dx 0
2 f (x)dx , if f ( x) f (x) i.e. f(x) is even function
a
1
x 3 | x | 1
Solution : Let I 2 dx . Then,
1
x 2 | x | 1
1
x3 | x | 1
I 2 2 dx
1
x 2 | x | 1 x 2 | x | 1
1 1
x3 | x | 1
I 1 x 2 2 | x | 1 dx 1 x 2 2 | x | 1 dx
1 1
x3 | x | 1
I 1 | x |2 2 | x | 1 dx 1 x 2 2 | x | 1 dx
1 1
x3 | x | 1
I dx dx
1 | x | 1 2
1 | x | 12
1
| x | 1 x3 | x | 1
I 0 2 dx and are odd and even functions respectively
0 | x | 1 x 1 x 1
2 2 2
1 1
1 1
I 2 dx 2 dx 2 log(x 1)0 2(log 2 log1) 2log 2
1
0
| x | 1 0
x 1
a
f(x) dx f(x) dx f(2a x) dx 0
2 f(x)dx , if f(2a x) f(x)
a a
2a
(P–6) : 0
0 0 0 , if f(2a x) f(x)
2
Illustration 18 : Evaluate :
0
cos5 xdx
2
Solution : Let I cos5 xdx …..(1)
0
2a a
f x dx 2 f x dx, if f 2a x f x
0 0
I 2 cos5 xdx = 2 cos5 ( x) dx 2 cos5 xdx
0 0 0
I 2 cos5 xdx I 2I = 0 I = 0
0
E 21
2
x sin 4 x
Illustration 19 : Evaluate : 0 sin 4 x cos4 x dx
2
x sin 4 x
Solution : Let I = 0 sin 4 x cos4 x dx ……(1)
2
(2 x)sin 4 (2 x)
I= 0 sin 4 (2 x) cos4 (2 x) dx
2
(2 x)sin 4 x
I= 0 sin 4 x cos4 x dx …..(2)
2 sin 4 x a a
I 4 2
4 4
dx
0 f (x) 0 f (a x) dx
0 sin x cos x
2 2
2
cos4 x
I 4 dx …..(4)
0
cos4 x sin 4 x
I = 2
22 E
EXERCISE-I
Choose the correct option :
sec x tan x dx ?
5
1.
1 5 1 5
(A) tan x C (B) sec x C (C) 5 log |cos x| + C (D) None of these
5 5
log tan x
2. sin x cos x dx ?
1
(A) log {log(tan x)} + C (B) (log tan x) 2 C
2
(C) log (sin x cos x) + C (D) None of these
tan
1
3. (cosec x cot x) dx ?
x2 x 2 x2 x 2
(A) C (B) C (C) C (D) C
4 4 2 2
x 3 x
4. (x 4)2 e dx is equal to
1 1 1 1
(A) e x C (B) e x C (C) e x C (D) e2x C
x4 x4 x4 x4
5 x
5. The value of 2
x 7x
dx is
2
(A) 2 tan x C (B) 2 cot x C (C) 2 tan x C (D) C
tan x
x
8. If a x3
3
dx g(x) C, then g(x) =
2 2 1 x 3 2 1 x 3 2 x
(A) cos 1 x (B) sin 3 (C) sin (D) cos 1
3 3 a 3 a3 3 a
dx
9. cos x 3 sin x
1 x x
(A) log tan C (B) log tan C
2 2 12 2 12
x 1 x
(C) log tan C (D) log tan C
2 12 2 2 12
E 23
a
1
10. If 9x
0
2
1
dx
12
, then a is equal to
1
(A) (B) (C) 3 (D) None of these
4 3
3ex 5e x
11. If x x
dx = ax + b log|4ex + 5e–x| + C, then [Exemplar]
4e 5e
1 7 1 7 1 7 1 7
(A) a ,b (B) a , b (C) a ,b (D) a , b
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
y
dt d2 y
12. If x and ay , then a is equal to [Exemplar]
0 1 9t 2 dx 2
x (1 log x) dx x x C
x
13. Assertion (A) :
d x
Reason (R) : (x ) x x (1 log x)
dx
1
(x sin x 2)dx 0
3
14. Assertion (A) :
1
a
Reason (R) : f(x) dx 0
a
2 f(x) dx, if f(x) is an even function i.e., f(–x) = f(x)
a 0, if f(x) is an odd function i.e., f(–x) = –f(x)
ANSWER KEY
Q. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans. B B A A C C D C D B
Q. No. 11 12 13 14
Ans. C C A D
24 E
SOLUTIONS
1 1
t 4 dt = t 5 C = sec5 x C
5 5
log tan x
2. (B) Let I = sin x cos x dx
Put log tan x = t.
1 1
Then, · sec 2 x dx = dt, i.e. dx dt
tan x sin x cos x
1 2 1
I t dt t C = (log tan x) 2 C
2 2
1 cos x 1 1 cos x
tan 1 (cosec x cot x) = tan 1 tan
sin x sin x sin x
x
2sin 2
2 1 x x
= tan 1 = tan tan
2sin x cos x 2 2
2 2
x x2
I dx C
2 4
x 3 x 3 1 1 x
4. (A) Let I = e x 2
dx = e dx
(x 4) (x 4)
2
(x 4) 1 1 –1
= ex 2
dx ex 2
dx
(x 4) (x 4)
2
(x 4) (x 4)
ex
I C e
x
( f (x) f '(x)) dx e x f (x) C
(x 4)
5
x
5. (C) Let I = dx .......(1)
2 x 7x
5
7x b b
I =
2 7x x
dx .......(2)
a
f (x)dx f (a b x)dx
a
E 25
Adding (1) and (2) ; we get
5 5 5 5
x 7x x 7x
2I dx dx 2I dx = 1dx
2 7x x 2 7 x x 2 7 x x 2
3
2I x 2 = 5 – 2 I
5
or
2
2
2 x 2 x x 2 x x
6. (C) Let I = 0
1 sin dx
2 0
cos sin dx cos sin dx
4 4 0
4 4
2
x x 2 2
4 sin cos 4 sin cos (sin 0 cos 0)
4 4 0 4 4
= 4[(1 – 0) – (0 – 1)] = 4[2] = 8
dx
7. (D) Let I =
3
sin x cos x
On dividing Nr and Dr by cos2 x, we get :
sec 2 x
I dx
tan 3 x
Put tan x = t sec2 x dx = dt
1 2 2
I 3/2 dt C C
t t tan x
x x dx
8. (C) Given, a x3
3
dx = g(x) + C (a 3/2 )2 (x 3/2 )2
g(x) C
Put x3/2 = t
3 2
x dx dt x dx dt
2 3
2 dt 2 t
Now
3 (a ) t
3/2 2 2
g(x) C sin –1 3/2 C = g(x) + C
3 a
2 x 3/2 2 x3
sin –1 3/2 C = g(x) + C g(x) = sin–1 3
3 a 3 a
dx 1
9. (D) Let I = cos x 3 sin x
[Multiplying & dividing by
2
]
1 dx 1 dx 1 dx
2 1 3
2
2
cos x sin x sin cos x cos sin x sin x
2 2 6 6 6
1 1 x x
2 cosec x dx log tan C
6 2 2 12
cos ec xdx log tan 2 C
26 E
a a
1 dx
10. (B) 0 9x 2 1dx 12 (3x)
0
2
1 12
1 a 1
or tan –1 (3x)
tan –1 3a tan –1 0
3 0 12 3 12
1
tan –1 3a 3a tan 3a = 1 a
4 4 3
3ex 5e x (4ex 5e x )
11. (C) Differentiating both sides, we have : a b
4ex 5e x 4ex 5e x
giving 3ex – 5e–x = a (4ex + 5e–x) + b(4ex – 5e–x).
Comparing coefficients on both sides, we get : 3 = 4a + 4b and –5 = 5a – 5b.
1 7
Solving equation, we get a , b
8 8
y
dt dx 1 dy
12. (C) x = 1 9y 2 (Differentiating w.r.t. x)
0 1 9t 2 dy 1 9y 2 dx
d2 y 18y dy dy
which gives · 9y 1 9y 2
dx 2
2 1 9y dx
2 dx
x (1 log x)dx x x C
x
(x sin x) dx 2dx
3
1
1
= 0 4 x 0 = 4 × 1 = 4
1
E 27
EXERCISE-II
dx
1. Evaluate : 5 8x x 2
2
x2
2. Evaluate : dx
2
1 5x
x2
3. Evaluate : dx
x 2 5x 6
2
4. Evaluate : x cos x dx
2
4 x
5. Evaluate : 4 dx
4
2 cos 2x
sin x x cos x
6. Evaluate : x(x sin x)
dx
π
4xsinx
7. Evaluate : 1 cos x dx
0
2
/4
sin x cos x
8. Evaluate :
0
3 sin 2x
dx
1
9. Evaluate : sin 4
x sin x cos 2 x cos 4 x
2
dx
2
10. Evaluate : cos ec6 x cot 2 xdx
4
1
11. Evaluate : dx
8 x3
CASE STUDY
b b
12. If f(x) is a continuous function defined on [a, b], then a
f(x)dx f(a b x)dx
a
28 E
SOLUTIONS
dx dx dx
1. Let I =
5 8x x 2
[x 8x 5 16 16]
2
[(x 4)2 21]
dx 1 21 (x 4)
= ( 21)2 (x 4)2
2 21
log
21 (x 4)
C
2
x2
2. Let I 1 5x dx
2
....(1)
b b
Using property ƒ(x)dx ƒ(a b x)dx
a a
2 2
x2 x 2 5x
I 1 5 x
2
I 1 5x dx
2
....(2)
2 0
2
1 1
I x 2dx (x 3 )02 23 03
0
3 3
8
I
3
x2
3. Let I dx
x 2 5x 6
d
put, x 2 (x 2 5x 6) µ
dx
x + 2 = 2x + 5 + µ
comparing coefficients of x both sides
1 = 2 = 1/2
comparing constant terms both sides,
1 5 1
2 = 5 + µ or, 2 5 µ or, µ 2
2 2 2
1 1
x2 (2x 5)
dx 2 2 dx {as x + 2 = (2x + 5) + µ}
x 5x 6
2 x 5x 6
2
1
(2x 5)
2 1 dx
I dx
x 5x 6
2 2 x 5x 6
2
I2
I 1
I = I1 – I2 .....(1)
E 29
1 (2x 5) dx
I1 , put x2 + 5x + 6 = t (2x + 5) dx = dt
2 x 2 5x 6
1 dt 1 t 1/21
C t C t C x 5x 6 C
1/2 2
2 1
t 2 1
2
1 dx 1 dx 1 5
I2 .log x x 2 5x 6 C
2 x 2 5x 6 2
2 2 2 2
x
5 1
2 2
Substituting the values of I1 and I2 in (1), we get,
1 5
I x 2 5x 6 – .log x x 2 5x 6 C
2 2
2
4. Let I = x cos x dx
2
a a
1
x cos x; 0x
2
1 3
f (x) x cos x; x
2 2
3
x cos x; 2
x2
1 2 32 2
I 2 x cos x dx x cos x dx x cos x dx
0 12 32
12 32 2
x sin x sin x x sin x sin x x sin x sin x
I 2 dx 2 2
0 1 2 3 2
12 32 2
x sin x cos x x sin x cos x x sin x cos x
I 2 2 2
0
2
1 2
2
2 3 2
1 1 3 3 1
I 2 sin 0 0 2 2 sin 0 sin 0
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 cos 2 3 3
2 sin 2 sin 0
2
2
2
1 1 3 1 1 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 8
I 2 2 2 2 2 I 2 2 I
2 2 2 2
30 E
4 x
5. Let I 4 dx . Then
4
2 cos 2x
4 4
x 1
4
2 cos 2x
dx
4
4
2 cos 2x
dx …..(1)
x 1
We observe that is an odd function and is an even function.
2 cos 2x 2 cos 2x
4 4 4
x 1 1
dx 0 and dx = 2 dx
4
2 cos 2x 4
2 cos 2x 0
2 cos 2x
Substituting these value in (1), we obtain
4 4
1 1 tan 2 x
I 0 2
4
0
2 cos 2x
dx I
2
0
1 3tan 2 x
dx
4
sec2 x
I
2
0 12 ( 3 tan x)2
dx
E 31
π
4πsinx
I dx I [From equation (1)]
0
1 cos 2 x
π
sinx
2I 4π dx
0
1 cos2 x
π/2 2a a
sinx
2I 4π.2 dx {Applying f x dx 2 f x dx if f(2a x) f(x)}
0
1 cos2 x 0 0
I = 4[tan–11 – tan–10]
π
I = 4 × = 2
4
/4 /4
sin x cos x sin x cos x
8. Let I
0
3 sin 2x
dx I 4 (sin x cos x)
0
2
Put sin x cos x 1, (cos x sin x)dx dt, x 0, t 1, x ,t 0
4
0 0
dt 1 2t
I I log
1
(2) 2 t 2 4 2 t 1
1 1 1 1 1
I log1 log I log log 3
4 3 4 3 4
1
9. Let I dx (dividing by cos4x)
sin x sin x cos 2 x cos 4 x
4 2
(1 t 2 ) (1 1 t 2 )
I
4 2 dt I dt
t t 1 t2 1 1
t2
(1 1 t 2 ) 1 1
I dt Put t t u 1 t 2 dt du
t 1/ t ( 3)
2 2
1 tan x 1
2
du 1 1 u 1
I 2 I tan C I tan C
u ( 3) 2 3 3 3 3 tan x
32 E
2
10. Let I = cosec 6 x cot 2 x dx
4
2
cot x 1 cot x
2
I 2 2
cosec 2 x dx (cosec2 x = 1 + cot2x)
4
Put cot x = u cosec2x dx = – du when x then u = 0 and when x then u = 1
2 4
0 1 1
I = u 2 1 u 2 du u 2 (1 u 4 2u 2 ) du = (u 2 u 6 2u 4 ) du
2
1 0 0
1
u 3 u 7 2u 5 1 1 2 92
I= = 0 =
3 7 5 0 3 7 5 105
1 1
11. Let I = dx = 2 xx dx
8 x3 2
2x 4
1 A Bx C
Let 2
(2 x)(x 2x 4)
2
(2 x) (x 2x 4)
1 = A(x2 + 2x + 4) + (Bx + C) (2 – x)
Equating the coefficient and constant
A–B=0
2A + 2B – C = 0
1 = 4A + 2C
1 1 1
solving the equation we get : A , B , C
12 12 3
Rewrites the integral as a sum of two integral using partial fractions as:
1 1 1 x4
I=
12 2 x
dx 2
12 x 2x 4
dx
I = I1 + I2 (Say)
Solves the first integral as :
1
I1 = log 2 x + C1 …..(1)
12
1 2x 2 1 1
and I2 = dx dx
24 x 2x 4
2 2
4 x 1 2 3
1 1 x 1
I2 = log x 2 2x 4 tan 1 + C2 …..(2)
24 4 3 3
1 1 1 x 1
Now, I = log 2 x log x 2 2x 4 tan 1 C [where C = C1 + C2]
12 24 4 3 3
E 33
/3
12. (i) Let I =
/6
log tan x dx …..(1)
b b
Using f (x) dx f (a b x) dx , we have :
a a
/3 /3
I= /6
log tan x dx I =
3 6
/6
log tan x dx
2
/3 /3
Or I= /6
log cot x dx =
/6
log tan xdx …..(2)
3 3
Here, a and b (a b)
5 10 5 10 2
b b
Using f (x) dx f (a b x) dx , we have :
a a
3 10 sin x
2
I
dx
5 sin x cos x
2 2
3 10
cos x
I
5
(sin x cos x)
dx …..(2)
34 E
NCERT IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
Integrate the functions :
2 3sin x 1
cos 2 x dx x 13 x dx
3 5
1. [Ex.7.1, Q.20] 2. [Ex.7.2, Q.12]
e2x 1 1
3. e2x 1 dx [Ex.7.2, Q.19] 4. cos 2
x(1 tan x)2
dx [Ex.7.2, Q.25]
6x 7 1 x2
12. (x 5)(x 4)
dx [Ex.7.4, Q.19] 13. x(1 2x) dx [Ex.7.5, Q.6]
1 cos x
14. x(x n
1)
dx [Ex.7.5, Q.16] 15. (1 sin x)(2 sin x) dx [Ex.7.5, Q.17]
2x 1
16. (x 2
1)(x 2 3)
dx [Ex.7.5, Q.19] 17. x(x 4
1)
dx [Ex.7.5, Q.20]
1 xe x
18. (ex 1) dx [Ex.7.5, Q.21] 19. (1 x)2 dx [Ex.7.6, Q.17]
1 sin x 2x
e sin
x –1
20. dx [Ex.7.6, Q.18] 21. dx [Ex.7.6, Q.22]
1 cos x 1 x2
sin x
22. 1 4x x 2 dx [Ex.7.7, Q.5] 23. sin(x a) dx [Misc.Ex.,Q.7]
1 1 x
24. sin3 x sin(x )
dx Misc.Ex.,Q.18] 25. 1 x
dx [Misc.Ex.,Q.19]
sin x x2
26. sin(x a) dx [Example 6(ii)] 27. (x 2 1)(x 2 4) dx [Example 14]
(3sin 2) cos 1
28. 5 cos 2
4sin
d [Example 15] 29. log log x log x 2 dx [Example 38]
E 35
cot x tan x dx
sin 2x cos 2x
30. [Example 39] 31. 9 cos4 (2x)
dx [Example 40]
x x 1 x
(sin 2 cos 2 ) dx (xe sin
x
32. [Ex.7.8, Q.18] 33. ) dx [Ex.7.8, Q.20]
0 2 2 0 4
1 x
34. 0 x 2 1 dx [Ex.7.9, Q.1] 35.
0
2
sin cos 5 d [Ex.7.9, Q.2]
2 1 1 2x
36. 1
2 e dx
x 2x
[Ex.7.10, Q.8] 37.
0
4
log(1 tan x)dx [Ex.7.10, Q.8]
x x dx x
38. 0 1 sin x
[Ex.7.10, Q.12] 39.
0
log(1 cos x)dx [Ex.7.10, Q.16]
x 1 sin x sin x cos x
40. 2 e 1 cos x dx [Misc.Ex. Q.24] 41.
0
4
cos 4 x sin 4 x
dx [Misc.Ex. Q.25]
cos2 x dx sin x cos x
42. 0
2
cos2 x 4sin 2 x
dx [Misc.Ex. Q.26] 43.
6
3
sin 2x
dx [Misc.Ex. Q.27]
sin x cos x
44. 0
4
9 16sin 2x
dx [Misc.Ex. Q.29]
4
45. [| x 1 | | x 2 | | x 3 |] dx
1
[Misc.Ex. Q.31]
sin 4 x
46. Evaluate 2 dx [Example 32]
0 sin 4 x cos 4 x
dx
47. Evaluate
6
3
1 tan x
[Example 33]
48. Evaluate 0
2
log sin x dx [Example 34]
3
49. Evaluate 2
1
| x sin( x) | dx [Example 41]
x dx
50. Evaluate [Example 42]
0 a cos x b 2 sin 2 x
2 2
36 E
ANSWER KEY
1 3 1
1. 2 tan x – 3 sec x + C 2. (x – 1)7/3 + (x3 – 1)4/3 + C
7 4
1
3. log(ex + e–x) + C 4. +C
1 tan x
x x 2 1 cos x a
9. C 10. log C
2 2 sin a b cos x b
x 3
11. sin 1 C
4
9
12. 6 x 2 9x 20 34log x x 2 9x 20 C
2
x 3 1 xn
13. log x log 1 2x C 14. log n C
2 4 n x 1
2 sin x 1 x2 1
15. log C 16. log 2 C
1 sin x 2 x 3
1 x4 1 ex 1
17. log C 18. log C
4 x4 ex
ex x
19. C 20. e x tan C
1 x 2
5 1 x 2 x 2
21. 2x tan–1x – log|1+x2| + C 22. sin 1 4x x 2 C
2 5 2
2 sin x
23. sina log|sin(x – a)| + x cos a + C 24. C
sin sin x
1 2 x 4
27. tan 1 x tan 1 C 28. 3log 2 sin C
3 3 2 2 sin
tan x 1
29. x log(log x) – x/logx + C 30. 2 tan 1 C
2 tan x
E 37
1 1
31. sin 1 cos 2 2x C 32. 0
4 3
4 2 2
33. 1 34. 1/2 log2
e2 e2 2
35. 64/231 36.
4
3 1 1
43. 2 sin 1 44. log 9
2 40
3 1
49. 50. 2/2ab
2
38 E
PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
1 MARK QUESTIONS
1
1. Find e x log x dx [CBSE 2021 C]
2x
OR
Find e 2log x
dx
1
Sol. Let I = e x log x dx
2x
Let f(x) = log x
1 1 1
f'(x) =
x 2 x 2x
I = ex log
e f (x) f '(x) dx e .f (x) c
x x
x +c [1]
OR
I = e 2log x
dx
I = elog x dx = x 2 dx
2
[ elogx = x]
x3
= C [1]
3
2
x cos
2
2. Evaluate : x dx [CBSE 2020]
2
/2
Sol. Let I =
/2
x.cos2 x dx
2 MARKS QUESTIONS
dx
3. Find: x 2
– 6x 13
[CBSE 2022]
dx 1
Sol. I = x 3 dx [1]
x 6x 13
2 2
22
1 x 3 1 1 x
2
tan 1
2
C
x 2
a 2
dx tan –1 C
a a
[1]
E 39
tan 3 x
4. Find : cos3 x dx [CBSE 2020]
x 5 (x 3) 2 x (x 3) 2
x 3 e (x 3)3 dx = e (x 3)3 (x 3)3 dx
x
Sol. 3
ex dx = [½]
1 2
= ex
e f (x) f '(x) dx e f (x) C
x x
3
dx [½]
(x 3) 2
(x 3)
ex
= C [1]
(x 3) 2
sin 3 x cos3 x
6. Find : sin 2 x cos2 x dx [CBSE 2019]
OR
x 3
Find : (x 1) 3
ex dx
1 2
ex (f (x) f '(x))dx e x f (x) C
dx e
x
[1]
x 1 (x 1)3
2
ex
C [1]
x 1
2
cos 2x 2sin 2 x
7. Evaluate : dx [CBSE 2018]
cos2 x
cos 2x 2sin 2 x 1 2sin 2 x 2sin 2 x
Sol. cos2 x dx cos2 x
dx [1]
1
2
dx sec2 x dx = tan x + C [1]
cos x
40 E
3 MARKS QUESTIONS
2
dx
8. Evaluate 1 e
0
sin x
[CBSE 2022]
2
1
Sol. Let I 1 e
0
sin x
dx ....(1)
2
1 a a
I 0 1 esin2x dx 0 f x dx 0 f a x dx
2 2
1 esin x
I 0 1 esin x dx I
0
esin x 1
dx ....(2) [1]
| x
3
9. Evaluate : – x |dx [CBSE 2022]
–1
Sol. We note that x3 – x 0 on [–1, 0] and x3 – x 0 on [0, 1] and that x3 – x 0 on [1, 2]. So by
property of definite integral we get
2 0 1 2
x 3 x dx = (x x) dx + –(x x) dx + (x x) dx
3 3 3
[1]
–1 –1 0 1
0 1 2
(x x) dx + (x x ) dx + (x x) dx
3 3 3
=
–1 0 1
0 1 2
x4 x2 x2 x4 x4 x2
= – + + [1]
4 4 –1 2 4 0 4 2 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
= – – + – + (4 – 2) – –
4 2 2 4 4 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 11
= – 2 – 2 [1]
4 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4
2
10. Evaluate :
–
(sin | x | cos | x |)dx [CBSE 2022]
2
/2
Sol. Let I = –
2
{sin | x | cos | x |}dx
E 41
a a
Therefore by prop. –a
f (x)dx 2 f (x)dx
0
/2
I = 2 {sin | x | cos | x |}dx
0
/2
I = 2 {sin x cos x}dx [1]
0
4 MARKS QUESTIONS
x2
11. Find : (x 2 1)(3x 2 4) dx [CBSE 2022]
OR
1
Evaluate :
–2
5 – 4x – x 2 dx
x2
Sol. I 2 dx
x 13x 2 4
Let x2 = y
x2 y A B
Let 2
x 13x 4 y 13y 4 y 1 3y 4
2
1 4 1 4 1
I 2 2 dx x 2 1 dx 3 x 2 4 / 3 dx [1]
x 1 3x 4
4 3 x 3 2 x 3
tan 1 x · tan 1 C tan 1 1
tan x C [1]
3 2 2 3 2
OR
1
Let I
2
5 4x x 2 dx
1
x 2 a2 x
32 x 2 dx
2
a 2 x 2 dx a x 2 sin –1 c [1]
2 2 2 a
1
x 2 2 9 x 2
3 x 2 sin 1
2
[2]
2 2 3 2
9 9
sin 1 1 [1]
2 4
42 E
x2
12. Find (x 1)(x 1)2 dx [CBSE 2021 C]
x2
Sol. Let I = (x 1)(x 1)2 dx
x2 A B C
Let [1]
(x 1)(x 1) 2
(x 1) (x 1) (x 1) 2
x2 = A(x + 1)2 + B(x – 1)(x + 1) + C(x – 1)
1
Put x = 1, 1 = 4A A =
4
1
Put x = –1, 1 = C(–2) C = –
2
Comparing the coefficients of x2 on both sides ; [1½]
1 3
1 = A + B B = 1 – A = 1–
4 4
1 1 3 1 1 1
Hence, I =
4 (x 1) dx 4 (x 1) dx –
2 (x 1)2
dx
1 3 1
I= log | x 1| log | x 1| C [1½]
4 4 2(x 1)
x2 2 1 |x|
13. Find (a) 2 dx (b) dx [CBSE 2021 C]
x 1 1 x
OR
/2 4 3sin x
Evaluate 0
log dx
4 3cos x
x2 2 x2 11 x2 1 1
Sol. (a) I = x2 1 dx = x 2 1 dx = x 2 1 dx x 2 1 dx [1]
1
= 1. dx dx = x + tan–1 x + C [1]
x 1
2
1
|x|
(b) Let I =
1
x
dx
x
1 , x 0
| x | x
Now, [½]
x x
1 ,x 0
x
0 1
(1).dx 1.dx = [–x]1 [x]0 –[0 1] [1 0]
0 1
I = [½]
1 0
= –1 + 1 = 0 [1]
E 43
OR
/2 4 3sin x
Let I = 0
log dx
4 3cos x
…..(1)
a a
Using property 0
f (x)dx f (a x)dx ;
0
4 3sin 2 x
/2
I = log dx [1]
0
4 3cos x
2
/2 4 3cos x
I = log dx …..(2) [½]
0
4 3sin x
Adding (1) and (2) ; we get
/2 /2
4 3sin x 4 3cos x
2I =
0
log dx
4 3cos x
log 4 3sin x dx
0
[½]
/2
4 3sin x 4 3cos x
2I = log 4 3cos x . 4 3sin x dx
0
[1]
/2
2I = log 1 dx 2I = 0
0
[ log 1 = 0]
I=0 [1]
x3 1
14. Find : x 3 x dx [CBSE 2020]
x3 1
Sol. I = x3 x
dx
x3 1 x x 1 x
I dx or I 1 3 dx [1]
x x
3
x x
1 x 1
1 x 2 dx = 1 x dx [1]
x 1 x 1
1 1
=
1
x 1 x
dx = x + log x 1 log x C [1]
x 1
= x + log C [1]
x
2cos x
15. Evaluate : dx [CBSE 2018, 2019]
(1 sin x) (2 cos 2 x)
2cos x 2cos x 2cos x
Sol. I = 1 sin x 2 cos x dx = 1 sin x 1 1 cos x dx = 1 sin x 1 sin x dx
2 2 2
1 A Bt C
Let = 2 1 = A (t2 + 1) + B t (t – 1) + C (t – 1)
t 1 t 1 t 1 t 1
2
1
Putting t = 1 1 = A × 2 A
2
1
Comparing coefficient of 't2' on both sides; we get : 0 = A + B B –
2
1
Putting t = 0; 1 = A × 1 + C × (–1) 1 = A – C C = A – 1 =
2
dt 1 dt 1 t 1 1 1 2t 1 dt
I1 = –
t 1 t 2 1 2 t 1 2 t 1
2
dt =
2
log | t 1| –
4 t 1
2
dt
2 t2 1
C1 [1]
1 1 1
I1 log | t 1| – log | t 2 1| tan 1 t C1
2 4 2
From equation (1); we have:
1 1 1
I = –2I1 = 2 log | t 1| – log | t 2 1| tan 1 t C1
2 4 2
1
= log | t 1| log | t 2 1| tan 1 t – 2C1
2
1
I log | sin x 1| log |1 sin 2 x | tan 1 sin x C , where C = –2C1 [1]
2
a a /2
x
16. Prove that f (x)dx f (a x)dx and hence evaluate sin x cos x dx [CBSE 2019]
0 0 0
a
Sol. Let I = f (a x)dx
0
Put a – x = t dx = –dt
When x = 0, t = a & x = a, t = 0
0
I f (t)dt
a
a
b a
or I f (t)dt
0
a f (x)dx b f (x)dx
a
b b
I f (x)dx
0
a f (x)dx a f (t)dt [1]
/2
x
Now; I sin x cos x dx
0
…..(1)
/2 x /2 x
2 2
I
dx
cos x sin x
dx …..(2)
0 sin x cos x 0
2 2
E 45
(1) + (2) gives :
/2
2I 2 dx
0
cos x sin x
/2 /2
1 1
2I
2 sin x cos x
dx I
4 2
dx [1]
0 0 sin x
4
/2
or I
4 2 cosec x+ 4 dx
0
/2
I log cosec x + cot x [1]
4 2 4 4 0
or I log cosec cot log cosec cot
4 2 2 4 2 4 4 4
I log sec 4 tan 4 log cos ec 4 cot 4
4 2
2 1
or I log( 2 1) log( 2 1) I log [1]
4 2 4 2 2 1
6 MARKS QUESTIONS
/4
sin x cos x
17. Evaluate : 16 9sin 2x dx
0
[CBSE 2018]
/4 /4
sin x cos x sin x cos x
Sol. Let I =
0
16 9sin 2x
dx 16 91 (sin x cos x) dx
0
2
0 0 0
dt 1 dt 1 dt 1 1 ax
1 25 9t 2 9 1 25 2 9 1 5 2 2
a 2
x 2
dx
2a
log
ax
c
[1]
t t
9 3
0
5
t
1 1 3
. log 3 [1½]
9 2 5 5 t
3 1
1 1 1
log 1 log log 4 [1]
30 4 30
46 E
CHAPTER-8 : APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS
AREA UNDER THE CURVES
1. The area bounded by a Cartesian curve y = f(x), x-axis and lines x = a and x = b is given as :
Y
)
f(x
b b y=
Area y dx f (x) dx
a a y dx
O x=a x=b X
2. The area bounded by a Cartesian curve x = f(y), y-axis and lines y = c and y = d is given as:
Y
y=d
d d x
Area = x dy f (y) dy
c c
dy x=f(y)
y=c
X
O
Here, we consider an arbitrary strip (horizontal) of length x and width dy
Note :
E 47
Illustration 1 : Using integration, sketch the graph of curve y = |x + 1| and evaluate area under the
x 1; if x 1
Solution: y = |x + 1| =
(x 1); if x 1
y=
–(
1
x+
x+
1 1
1)
y=
(x 1)dx (x 1) dx
3 1
C
X' X
1 1 D(–3, 0) (–1, 0) O A(1, 0)
x x
2
2
x x Y'
2 3 2 1
1 9 1
1 3 1 1
2 2 2 2
1 3 3 1
4 square units
2 2 2 2
Illustration 2 : Using integration, find the area enclosed by the curve x = 3cost, y = 2sint.
x y
cos t and sin t (–3,0) O
3 2 A X
X
(3,0)
x 2 y2 (0,–2)
1 (Ellipse) Y'
9 4
Area enclosed by the ellipse = 4[Area enclosed by the ellipse and the coordinate axes in the
first quadrant]
3
2
Required area = 4 (area of OABO) = 4 9 x 2 dx
0
3
3
8 x 9 x
9 x 2 sin 1 6 square units
32 2 3 0
48 E
Illustration 3 : Using integration, find the area of triangular region whose vertices are (2, 5), (4, 7)
and (6, 2).
Solution : Let A(2, 5), B(4, 7) and C(6, 2) be the vertices of a ABC.
Y
B(4, 7)
A(2, 5)
C(6, 2)
X' X
O F (2, 0) E (4, 0) D(6, 0)
Y'
Now, Equation of line AB is y = x + 3
5
Equation of line BC is y = x + 17
2
3 13
Equation of line CA is y x
4 2
Area of ABC = Area of trapezium ABEF + Area of trapezium BCDE – Area of trapezium ACDF
5 3
4 6 6
13
(x 3) dx x 17 dx x dx
2 4 2 2 4 2
4 6 6
x2 5 3 13
3x x 2 17x x 2 x
2 2 4 4 8 2 2
51 23
= (20 – 8) + (57 – 48) –
2 2
= 12 + 9 – 14 = 7 square units.
Illustration 4 : Using integration, find the area of the region {(x, y) ; x2 + y2 1 x + y}.
Solution: Required area lies in the first quadrant within the circle x2 + y2 = 1 and above the line
x + y = 1.
Required area = Area OACB – Area OAB
1 1
Required Area 1 x dx (1 x) dx .
2 Y
0 0 B(0,1) x2+y2 =1
1 1 C
x 1 x2
= 1 x 2 sin 1 x x
2 2 0 2 0 A(1,0)
X' X
O
1
= 0 0
4 2
1
= square units. Y'
4 2
E 49
Illustration 5 : Using integration, find the area bounded by the curve y = 2x – x2 and the line y = –x.
Solution : The given curve is y = 2x – x2, which can be written as (x – 1) = – (y – 1) which
2
is a downward parabola with vertex at (1, 1) and latus rectum 1. (The equation is of the form
The straight line y = – x meets the given parabola, where –x = 2x – x2 x2 – 3x = 0 x = 0, 3.
Required Area (y
0
parabola
yline ) dx
X'
(2,0)
X
(0,0)O (3,0)
3 3
(3,–3)
[(2x x ) (x)]dx (3x x )dx
2 2
0 0
y=–x
3
3x 2 x 3 27 27 9 Y'
= square units
2 3 0 2 3 2
Illustration 6 : Using integration, find the area of the following region: {(x, y) : |x – 1| y 5 x 2 }
x 1, for x 1
Solution : The required area is above the curve y = |x – 1| , which is a pair
(x 1), for x 1
of half rays above and below the curve y 5 x 2 , which is the upper half (above X-axis) of the circle
P
x2 – x – 2 = 0
x–
A(–1, 2)
y=
x = –1, x = 2. B(2, 1)
Required area is shown shaded in the figure and is equal to area AQPA + area PQBP
1 2
= 5 x 2 (1 x) dx 5 x 2 (x 1) dx
1 1
1 2
1 2
5 x dx 5 x dx (1 x)dx (x 1) dx
2 2
1 1 1 1
2 1 2
2
x dx (1 x)dx (x 1)dx
2
5
1 1 1
50 E
2 1 2
x x x2 x2
5
2
= 5 x sin 1
2
x x
2 2 5 1 2 1 2 1
2 5 2 1 5 1 1 3 1
5 4 sin 1 5 1 sin 1 0
2 2 5 2 2 5 2 2 2
5 1 2 5 1 5
1 sin 1 sin 1
2 5 2 5 2
1 5 1 2 2
sin cos1 (sin–1 x = cos–1 1 x 2 for 0 x 1)
2 2 5 5
1 5 1 5
sq. units.
2 2 2 2 4
Illustration 7 : Compute the area bounded by the lines x + 2y = 2, y – x = 1 and 2x + y = 7.
B(2,3)
x + 2y = 2
A(0,1)
X' 0 X
D(2,0)
C(4,–1)
y–x=1
Y'
2 2
Area ABDA = y
0
2 y1 dx = (y2 y1 ) dx
0
[ y2 y1 |y2 – y1| = y2 – y1]
2
2 x
Area ABDA = (x 1) dx
0
2
4 4
Area BDCB =
2
y 4 y3 dx = (y 4 y 3 ) dx
2
[ y4 > y3 |y4 – y3| = y4 – y3]
4
2 x
Area BDCB = (7 2x) dx
2
2
Required area = Area ABDA + Area BDCB
2 4
2 x 2 x
(x 1) dx (7 2x) dx
0
2 2
2
2 4
2
3x 4
3x 3x 2 3x 2
dx 6 dx
6x 6 sq. units
0 2 2 2 4 0 4 2
E 51
EXERCISE - I
Choose the correct option :
3
1. If the area above the x-axis, bounded by the curve y = 2kx and x = 0, and x = 2 is , then the
log e 2
value of k is
1
(A) (B) 1 (C) –1 (D) 2
2
2. The area bounded by the curve y = logex and x-axis and the straight line x = e is
1 1
(A) e sq. units (B) 1 sq. units (C) 1 sq.units (D) 1 sq.units
e e
3. The area bounded by the curves y = sinx between the ordinates x = 0, x = and x-axis is
(A) 2 sq. units (B) 4 sq. units (C) 3 sq. units (D) 1 sq. unit
4. Area bounded by the curve y = x3, the x-axis and the ordinates x = –2 and x = 1 is
(A) 4.20 sq. units (B) 4.25 sq. units (C) 4.00 sq. units (D) 4.75 sq. units
6. The area bounded by the curve y = x|x|, x-axis and the ordinates x = –1, x = 1 is
1 2 4
(A) sq. units (B) sq. units (C) sq. units (D) 1 sq. unit
3 3 3
7. The area bounded by y2= x, y = 4 and x = 0 is
8 32 64 128
(A) sq. units (B) sq. units (C) sq. units (D) sq. units
3 3 3 3
9 10 7
(A) sq. units (B) sq. units (C) sq. units (D) 9 sq. units
2 3 6
1 1 1 1
(A) sq. units (B) sq. units (C) sq. units (D) sq. units
4 2 4 2 4 4 4 4
10. The area cut off by the latus rectum from the parabola y2 = 4ax is
8 8 8 2 8 3
(A) a sq. units (B) a sq. units (C) a sq. units (D) a sq. units
3 3 3 3
52 E
ASSERTION-REASON BASED QUESTIONS
In the following questions, a statement of assertion (A) is followed by a statement of Reason (R).
Choose the correct answer out of the following choices.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
(D) A is false but R is true.
x2 + y2 = a2
X' A(a,0) X
O
Y'
a
Reason (R) : The area enclosed by the circle = 4 x dy
0
ANSWER KEY
Q. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans. B B A B C B C B A C
Q. No. 11
Ans. A
E 53
SOLUTIONS
1. (B) According to question;
2
3 Y
2kx
2 dx
kx
0
log 2
X' X
2kx
2
O x=2
3 1 3
[22k 1] Y'
k log 2 0 log 2 k log 2 log 2
Solving, we get k = 1
2. (B) y = logex intersects x-axis at (1, 0)
According to question Y
logx
Required Area 1
e
X'
= log x dx = [x log x x]1e O x=eX
1
(1,0)
Y'
= 1 sq. units
3. (A) Required Area
Y
= sin x dx
0
X' X
= [ cos x]0 2 sq. units O
Y'
4. (B) Required Area
1 0 1
Y
x dx x dx x dx
3 3 3
=
2 2 0
3
x =y
0 1
x4 x4 1
= = 4 + = 4.25 sq. units
4 2 4 0 4
X' X
O
1 0 1
= x 3dx x dx x dx
3 3
x=1
2 2 0
x = –2
0 1
x4 x4 Y'
=
4 2 4 0
1
=4+ = 4.25 sq. units
4
54 E
5. (C) Given, y 2 1 x 2
Y
2 2 x 2 y2
y = 4(1–x ) 1 B(0, 4)
1 4
Required Shaded Area
= 2 × Area in 1st quadrant X'
O A (1, 0)
X
1
2 2 1 x 2 dx
0
1 Y'
x 1
4 1 x 2 sin –1 x = sq. units
2 2 0
6. (B) Required Shaded Area
1 2
x =y
2 x dx 2
1
x3 X' O X
2
3 0 x=1
2 x = –1
2 x = –y
sq. units
3 Y'
y=4
4
y3 64
= sq. units X'
O
X
3
0 3
y2 = x
Y'
8. (B) Required Shaded Area
2 Y
= (x 2 x 2 ) dx
0
(2, 4)
2
x2 x3 8
= 2x 2 4 0
2 3 0 3
X' X
O (2, 0)
10 x–y+2=0
= sq. units
3 Y'
E 55
9. (A) Required area lies in the first quadrant within the circle x2 + y2 = 1 and above the line
x + y = 1.
Let us first sketch the region whose area is to be found out.
This region is the intersection of the following regions {(x, y) ; x2 + y2 1} and
{(x, y) : x + y 1}
1
= 0 0
4 2 Y'
1
= square units.
4 2
10. (C)
Latus rectum of parabola y2 = 4ax is x = a
a Y
Required Shaded Area 2 4ax dx
0 y2 = 4ax
a
2
= 4 a. x 3/2 X' O X
3 0
8
a 2 sq. units x=a
3 Y'
a a
11. (A) Assertion (A) : The area enclosed by the circle = 4 x dy = 4 a 2 y 2 dy
0 0
a
y 2 a2 1 y
a a2 1
a2
= 4 a y sin
2
= 4 0 sin 1 0 = 4 = a2
2 2 a 0 2 2 2 2
a
Reason (R) : Area of circle x2 + y2 = a2 by using method of integration is given by 4 x dy
0
Hence, Assertion (A) and Reason (R) both are correct, Reason (R) is the correct explanation
of Assertion (A).
56 E
EXERCISE–II
1. Find the area enclosed between the parabola 4y = 3x2 and the straight line 3x – 2y + 12 = 0.
2. Make a rough sketch of the region {(x, y): 0 y x2, 0 y x, 0 x 2} and find the area of
4. Using integration, find the area of the region {(x, y) : x2 + y2 4, x + y 2}
a2
5. If the area bounded by the parabola y2=16ax and the line y = 4mx is sq. units, then using
12
integration, find the value of m.
6. Find the area enclosed by the curves y = |x – 1| and y = – |x – 1| + 1.
7. Using the method of integration, find the area of the triangular region whose vertices are
(2,–2), (4, 3) and (1, 2).
8. Find the area of the figure bounded by the curves y = |x – 1| and y = 3 – |x|.
x 2 y2
9. Shown below is an ellipse whose equation is 1.
81 36
Y
X' X
0
Y'
Find the area of the shaded region in terms of . Show your steps.
10. Using integration find the area of region bounded by the triangle whose vertices are (–1, 0), (1, 3)
and (3, 2).
CASE STUDY
11. Consider the following equations of curve x2 = y and y = x.
On the basis of above information answer the following questions.
(i) Find the point of intersection of both the curves and draw the graph of the given curves.
(ii) Using integration find the value of area bounded by the curves x2 = y and y = x.
E 57
SOLUTIONS
1. The given equations are : 4y = 3x2
Y
3x 2 3x 2
y ......(1) y=
4 4 2)
(4,1
and 3x – 2y + 12 = 0 ......(2)
3x 12 ,3)
(–2
From equation (2), y
2 X' X
x=–2 O x=4
Putting this value of y in equation (1), 3x–2y+12=0
3x 12 3x 2 Y'
2 4
3(x 2 2x 8) 0 x = –2, 4
When x = –2; y = 3 and
when x = 4; y = 12
So, both the curves intersect at the point (–2, 3) and (4, 12)
4 4
3x 12 3 2 3x 12 3 3 4
x3
Req. Area x dx x 2 dx x 2 6x
2
2 4 2
2 2 4 4 4 2
3 64
16 6 4 3 12 2 = 27 sq. units
4 4
2. The points of intersection of the parabola y = x2 and the line y = x are (0, 0) and (1, 1).
x=2
Y
y = x2
2
1
(2,0)
X' X
–2 –1 0 1 2
–1
y=x –2
Y'
1 2
Required Area = y dx y
0 parabola 1 line dx
1 2
Required Area = x dx x dx
2
0 1
3 1 2
x x2 1 3 11
= sq. units
3 0 3 1 3 2 6
58 E
3. Given equation of curves are
y = – x2 …..(1)
and x+y+2=0 …..(2)
Solve equation (1) & (2), we get :
(x + 1) (x – 2) = 0 or x = –1, 2
Thus, the intersection point are (–1, –1) and (2, –4).
Required area = Area of the the shaded reagion OABO
2
Y
= y
1
line y parabola dx
x+y+2=0
2
( x 2 x (–1,0) O (2,0)
2
= ) dx X' X
1
(–2,0)
A(–1,–1)
2 (0,–2)
x2 x3 B(2,–4)
= 2x
2 3 1
y = –x2
8 1 1
2 4 2
3 2 3
7 9 9 Y'
8 sq. untis
2 2 2
4. First we sketch the region whose area is to be found out, this region is the intersection of the
regions {(x,y) : x2 + y2 4} and {(x, y) : x + y 2}
The point of intersection of x2 + y2 = 4 and x + y = 2 are A(2, 0) and B(0, 2)
Required region is the shaded region APBA
2 2 Y
Required area = (ycircle dx) (yline dx)
0 0 B(0, 2)
2 2
2 2 x +y =4 P
=
0
4 x 2 dx (2 x)dx
0
A(2, 0)
X' O X
2 2
x 4 x x2 x+y=2
= 4 x 2 sin –1 2x
2 2 2 0 2 0
0 2 2 2 sq. units Y'
2
5. Given equation of curve are y2 = 16ax ….. (1)
and y = 4mx …..(2) y = 4 mx
Y
From equation (1) and (2)
16m2x2 = 16ax
m2x2 – ax = 0
x m2 x a 0 X' X
a
O (a/m2,0)
x = 0; x 2
m
4a
or y = 0; y Y' y2=16 ax
m
E 59
a /m2 a /m2
Required area = 0
16ax dx 0
4mxdx
We have, y = |x – 1| , y 1xx, 1, x 1
x 1 y=1–x Y
B(1,1)
y = x –1
and y = – |x – 1| + 1, y 2 x, x 1
x, x 1
A C
Solving both the equation for x < 1
y = 1 – x and y = x (2,0)
X' O X
F(1,0)
1 1
We get x and y y=x y=2–x
2 2
and solving both the equations for x 1
y = x – 1 and y = 2 – x Y'
3 1
We get x and y
2 2
1 1 3 1
Thus, the intersecting points are , and ,
2 2 2 2
Required area = Area of ABFA + Area of BCFB
1 32
= x (1 x) dx [(2 x) (x 1)] dx
12 1
1 32
= (2x 1) dx
12
(3 2x) dx
1
= x 2 x 1 2 3x x 2 1
1 32
1 1 3 9
= (1 1) 3 3 1 1
4 2 2 4
1 9 9 1 1 1
= 2 = sq. units
4 2 4 4 4 2
60 E
5 2 1
7. Line AB is : y x 7 x (y 7) , line BC is y (x 5) x 3y 5
2 5 3
y6
Line AC is ; y = –4x + 6 x
4 Y
Required area 3
C(1,2) B(4,3)
3 3 2
2
= (lineAB)dy (lineBC)dy (lineAC)dy
2 2 2 1
X' X
2 3 3 1
2
O 1 2 3 4
= (y 7)dy (3y 5)dy (y 6)dy –1
5 2 2 4 2 –2
A(2,–2)
2 y 2 3y2
3 3 2
1 y2
7y 5y 6y Y'
5 2 2 2 4 2 2
2
2 9 27 1
21 (2 14) 15 6 10 (2 12) (2 12)
5 2 2 4
2 9 27 1 2 75 5 17 13
33 11 (24) 6 15 square units.
5 2 2 4 5 2 2 2 2
y 3 | x | 33
y=x–1
x, x 0 C(0,3)
x, x 0
D(–1, 2)
y=x–1 …..(1) B(2,1)
and y = 3 – x …..(2) X' X
On solving we get (–1,0) O A (2,0)
(1,0)
x – 1 = 3 – x x = 2
y=3+x
when x = 2, then y = 1 y=3–x
2 0
2 1 0
2x 2 2x 2
= (4 2x) dx 2 dx (2 2x) dx = 4x 2 x 1
0 2x
1 0 1
2 1 2 1
E 61
9. Writes the endpoints of the ellipse as C(–9, 0), A(9, 0), B(0, 6) and D(0, –6) respectively.
Y
B(0,6)
X' X
(–9,0)C 0 A(9,0)
D(0,–6)
Y'
6 2
Expresses y in term of x as: y 9 x2
9
0 9
6 2 6 2
Shaded Area (A) 9 9 9 x dx Area of 2 triangles 0 9 9 x dx
2 2
9
6 2
A 2 9 x 2 dx Area of 2 triangles
0
9
6 9 81 9 0 81 0
2 81 81 sin 1 81 0 sin 1
9 2 2 9 2 2 9
6 81
I1 2 27 …..(2)
9 2 2
0
2 1 0
I2 = 2 x 6 dx = 2 x 2 9 6 x 9
0
9
3 3
62 E
10. We have to find the area of triangle whose vertices are (–1, 0), (1, 3) and (3, 2)
Area of ABC = area under AB (area of ABD) + area under AC (area of quad. ACED)
– area under BC (area of BCE)
y2 y1
Equation of AB, y y1 (x x1 )
x 2 x1
30 3
(y 0) (x 1) y (x 1)
11 2
20 1 Y
Equation of BC, y0 (x 1) y (x 1)
3 1 2
A(1,3)
3 2 1
Equation of AC, (y 2) (x 3) y 2 2 (x 3)
1 3 C(3, 2)
x 3 x 7 X' X
y 2 B(–1,0) O D E
2 2 2 2 (1, 0) (3, 0)
Area of ABC = area of ABD + area of quad. ACED – area of BCE Y'
1 3 3
3 x 7 x 1
(x 1)dx dx dx
1
2 1
2 2 –1
2 2
1 3 3
3 x2 1 x2 1 x2
= x 7x x
2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1
3 1 1 1 9 1 1 9 1
1 1 21 7 3 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1
3 (4 14) (4 4)
2 2
= 3 + 5 – 4 = 4 square units.
11. (i) We have, x2 = y and y = x
x2 = x Y
x2 – x = 0 x2 = y
y=x
x(x – 1) = 0
x = 0, 1 (1, 1)
Now, when x = 0, y = 0 and when x = 1, y = 1
X' X
So, point of intersection is (0, 0) and (1, 1) (0, 0) O x=1
The graph of the curves is given as
Y'
1 1
(ii) Required area = yline dx yparabola dx
0 0
1 1
1 1
x 2 x3 1 1 1
= x dx x dx = sq. units.
2
0 0
2 0 3 0 2 3 6
E 63
NCERT IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
x2 y2
1. Find the area of the region bounded by the ellipse 1. [Ex.8.1, Q.1]
16 9
x2 y2
2. Find the area of the region bounded by the ellipse 1. [Ex.8.1, Q.2]
4 9
3. Area lying in the first quadrant and bounded by the circle x2 + y2 = 4 and the lines x = 0 and
x = 2 is [Ex.8.1, Q.3]
(A) sq. units (B) sq. units (C) sq. units (D) sq. units
2 3 4
4. Area of the region bounded by the curve y2 = 4x, y-axis and the line y = 3 is [Ex.8.1, Q.4]
9 9 9
(A) 2 sq. units (B) sq. units (C) sq. units (D) sq. units
4 3 2
5. Find the area of the region bounded by the line y = 3x + 2, the x-axis and the ordinates x = –1 and
x = 1. [Example, Q.3]
6. Find the area bounded by the curve y = cos x between x = 0 and x = 2. [Example, Q.4]
0
7. Sketch the graph of y = |x + 3| and evaluate
6
| x 3| dx . [Misc.Ex., Q.2]
ANSWER KEY
13
1. 12sq. units 2. 6sq. units 3. (A) 4. (B) 5. sq. units
3
64 E
PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
2 MARKS QUESTIONS
1. Using integration, find the area bounded by the curve y2 = 4x, y-axis and y = 3. [CBSE 2021 C]
OR
Using integration, find the area of the region bounded by the line 2y = – x + 8, x-axis, x = 2 and
x = 4.
Sol. Given curve is y2 = 4x ....(1) Y
OR
Given lines are 2y + x = 8, x = 2 and x = 4 Y
4 4 8 x
Required area = 2
ydx = 2
2
dx (0,4)
4
4 1 1 x 2 (8,0)
= 4 x dx = 4x X' X [1]
2
2 2 2 2 O (2,0) (4,0)
Y' x+2y = 8
1 1
= 4 4 (4) 2 4 2 (2) 2
4 4
= 12 – 7 = 5
3 MARKS QUESTIONS
2. Using integration, find the area bounded by the circle x2 + y2 = 9. [CBSE 2021 C]
Sol. From fig, the whole area enclosed by the given circle will be 4 times the area of the region AOBA
bounded by the curve, x-axis and the ordinates x = 0 and x = 3 [as the circle is symmetrical about
both x-axis and y-axis]
E 65
Y
B(0,3)
A(3,0)
X' X
O [½]
Y'
3 3
Required area = 4 ydx = 4 32 x 2 dx [x2 + y2 = 32 gives y = ± 32 x 2 ] [1]
0 0
As the region AOBA lies in the first quadrant, y is taken as positive, Integrating, we get the
whole area enclosed by the given circle
3
x 2 32 x
Required area = 4 3 x 2 sin 1
2 2 3 0
3 32 32
= 4 0 sin 1 (1) 0 4 9 sq. units [1½]
2 2 2 2
4 MARKS QUESTIONS
3. Find the area of the region bounded by curve 4x2 = y and the line y = 8x + 12, using integration.
[CBSE 2022]
Sol. Given curve is 4x2 = y ….(1)
and given line is y = 8x + 12 ….(2) Y (3,36)
From eq. (1) & (2), we get :
2
4x2 – 8x – 12 = 0 4x = y
x2 – 2x – 3 = 0
(x – 3) (x + 1) = 0 x = 3, –1 (–1,4)
X' X
From equation (1); when x = 3, y = 36 (–1,0) O (3,0) [1]
and when x = –1 y = 4.
So, point of intersection of curve & line
are (3, 36) and (–1,4). Y'
3
3
8x 2 4x 3
8x 12 4x dx = 12x
2
Required Area = [1]
1 2 3 1
4 20 128
= (36 + 36 – 36) – 4 12 = 36 = sq.units [1]
3 3 3
66 E
4. Using integration, find the area of the region bounded by the curves x2 + y2 = 4, x = 3y and
x – axis lying in the first quadrant. [CBSE 2022]
2 2
Sol. Given curve x + y = 4 is a circle with centre (0, 0) and radius 2.
And line is x 3y . Now, for point of intersection of line & circle, we have :
Y
4y2 = 4 y = ± 1
For y = 1; x = 3
C
So, point C is ( 3,1) B (2, 0) [1]
X' X
O A
Required area = area of OACO + Area of ABCA
3
3 2
1 2 x2 + y2 = 4
y(line) dx y(circle) dx x dx
2
4 – x dx [1]
0 3 3 0
3
Y'
2
1 x 4 x
[x 2 ]0 3 4 – x 2 sin –1 [1]
2 3 2 2 2 3
1 3 3 3 3
(3) 2sin 1 (1) – – 2sin 1 2 – – 2 sq.units [1]
2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
6 MARKS QUESTIONS
5. Using the method of integration, find the area of the triangle ABC, coordinates of whose vertices
are A(2, 0), B(4, 5) and C(6, 3). [CBSE 2020]
Sol. Vertices of ABC are A(2,0), B(4,5) and C (6,3) Y
5
Eq. of line AB : y= x 2
2 B(4,5)
`4 Y'
4 6 6
Required Area of ABC = line AB dx line BC dx – (line AC)dx
2 4 2
4 6 6
5 3
=
22 x 2 dx 9 x dx x 2 dx
4
42
[1]
4 6 6
5 x2 x2 3 x2
= 2x 9x 2x [1]
2 2 2 2 4 4 2 2
5 3
= 8 8 2 4 54 18 36 8 – 18 12 2 4 [1]
2 4
5 3
= 2 8 8 5 + 8 – 6 = 7 sq. units [1]
2 4
E 67
6. Using method of integration, find the area of triangle whose vertices are (1, 0), (2, 2) and (3, 1).
[CBSE 2019]
Y B(2,2)
C(3,1)
Sol. A [1]
X' O (1,0) (2,0) (3, 0) X
Y'
(2 – 0)
Eq. of line AB is y – 0 = (x –1) y 2(x –1)
(2 –1)
(1– 2)
Eq. of line BC is y – 2 = (x – 2) y –x 4
(3 – 2)
(1– 0) 1
Eq. of line AC is y – 0 = (x –1) y (x –1)
(3 –1) 2
2 3 3
Required Area = (line AB)dx (line BC)dx – (line AC)dx [1½]
1 2 1
2 3 3
1
2(x 1) dx ( x 4) dx (x 1) dx [1½]
1 2 1
2
2 3 3
x2 x 2 1 x2
2 x 4x x
2 1 2 2 2 2 1
1 9 1 9 1
2 (2 2) 1 12 – (–2 8) 3 1 [1½]
2 2 2 2 2
1 9 1 3 3
2 6 4 2 1 1 sq. units [½]
2 2 2 2 2
7. Using integration, find the area of the region in the first quadrant enclosed by the x-axis, the line
y = x and the circle x2 + y2 = 32. [CBSE 2018]
Sol. Given line is y = x .....(1)
Y
and given circle is x2 + y2 = 32 .....(2)
(4,4)
From equation (1) & (2); we have :
( 4 2, 0)
2x2 = 32 x = ± 4 y = ± 4 X'
(4,0) X [2]
O
Now; (4, 4) lies in Ist quadrant x 2+ y2= 32
4 4 2
Required Area = x dx
0
4
32 x 2 dx
Y'
[1]
4 4 2
x x 2
32 x
32 x 2 sin 1 [2]
2 0 2 2 4 2 4
= (8 0) 0 16 8 16 = 4 sq. units [1]
2 4
68 E
dx dx dx
2. ORDER OF A DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION :
The order of a differential equation is the order of the highest derivative occurring in the
differential equation.
d2 y dy
For example in the equation 2
3 2y ex , the order of highest order derivative is 2. So it
dx dx
2
d3 y dy
is a differential equation of order 2. The equation 3
6 4y 0 is of order 3, because
dx dx
the order of highest order derivative in it is 3.
Note :- The order of a differential equation is a positive integer.
3. DEGREE OF A DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION :
The degree of a differential equation is the highest power of the highest order derivative present
in the equation when the involved derivatives are made free from radicals and fractions.
Thus the degree of a differential equation is the highest power of the highest order derivative
present in the equation when it is written as a polynomial in involved derivatives.
d3 y
Illustration 1: Find the order & degree of differential equation tan x sec x
dx 3
d3y
Solution: Order is 3 & degree is 1 because highest order derivative is 3 & power of 3 is one.
dx
3
d4y 2
dy d y
Illustration 2: Find the order & degree of differential equation 4 sin 2 0
dx dx dx
[Exemplar]
Solution: Since it is not a polynomial w.r.t. the derivatives hence its degree is not defined but its order
is 4.
dy
Illustration 3: Find the order & degree of differential equation x sin 2y .
dx
dy
Solution: Given differential equation written as 2y sin 1 x
dx
Hence, order = 1 and degree = 1
E 69
3/2
dy d2y
Illustration 4: Find the order & degree of differential equation 2 x.
dx dx
Solution: First of all derivatives made free from radicals and fraction.
3 2
dy d y
2
Squaring both the sides 2 x . Hence, order = 2 and degree = 2.
dx dx
4. SOLUTION OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION :
(a) General Solution : The solution which contains a number of arbitrary constants equal to
the order of the equation is called general solution or complete integral or complete
primitive of differential equation.
dy
eg. y = cex is the general solution of =y
dx
(b) Particular Solution : Solution obtained from the general solution by giving particular
values to the constants are called particular solutions.
dy
eg. y = ex is a particular solution of =y
dx
dy
Illustration 5: Verify that y = x2 + 2x + C is solution of differential equation 2x 2 0
dx
Solution: y = x2 + 2x + C
dy dy
2x 2 2x 2 0
dx dx
Illustration 6: Verify that x + y = tan–1 y is a solution of differential equation y2y' + y2 + 1 = 0
–1
Solution: x + y = tan y
y'
1 + y' = 2
(1 + y2) + y' (1 + y2) = y' y2y' + y2 + 1 = 0
1 y
dy f (x) dx c or y = f (x)dx c
70 E
dy
Illustration 7: Solve the differential equation sin 1 x
dx
Solution: dy = sin–1x dx
y = sin 1 xdx [on integrating both sides]
y = sin 1 x 1 dx
I II
x
y = (sin–1x)x – dx [by using integration by parts]
1 x2
Let 1 – x2 = t2 –x dx = t dt
t dt
y = (sin–1x)x + y = x(sin–1x) + 1 x 2 + C
t
dy
(b) Differential equation of the form = f(x) g(y)
dx
To solve this types of differential equation we integrate both sides to obtain the
general solution as discussed below
dy dy
dx
f (x) g(y) g(y) f (x)dx c
dy
Illustration 8: Solve the differential equation e x y
dx
dy
Solution: e x .e y
dx
– e–y = ex + C
Illustration 9 : Find the equation of a curve passing through the point (1, 1), if the tangent drawn
at any point P(x, y) on the curve meets the coordinate axes at A and B such that P is the mid-point of
AB. [Exemplar]
Solution : The below figure obtained by the given information
Let the coordinate of the point P is (x, y). It is given that, P is mid-point of AB.
So, the coordinates of points A and B are (2x, 0) and (0, 2y), respectively.
0 2y y
Slope of AB =
2x 0 x
Since, the segment AB is a tangent to the curve at P.
dy y dy dx
(0,2y)
dx x y x
B
On integrating both sides, we get
log y = – log x + log C P
C (x,y) A(2x,0)
log y log …..(1)
x
E 71
Since, the given curve passes through (1,1)
C
log1 log 0 = log C C = 1
1
1 1
log y log y xy = 1
x x
Illustration 10 : Find the equation of a curve whose tangent at any point on it, different from origin,
y
has slope y + . [Exemplar]
x
dy y dy 1 dy 1
Solution : Given = y+ = y 1+ = 1+ dx
dx x dx x y x
y y
y
F2(x, y) = x°cos = x0h3 y
x x
y
Therefore, a function F(x, y) is homogenous function of degree n if F(x, y) = xng or
x
x
yn h
y
72 E
dy
A differential equation of the form F(x, y) is said to be homogenous if F(x, y) is a
dx
homogeneous function of degree zero.
To solve a homogeneous differential equation of
dy y
(a) Type - I : = F(x, y) = g
dx x
dy dv
Put y = vx and v x , such an equation is reduced to variable separable form:
dx dx
dv dx
=
g(v) – v x
Now integration will give its solution.
dx x
(b) Type - II : F(x, y) h
dy y
dx dv
Put x = vy and v y , such an equation is reduced to variable separable form :
dy dy
dv dy
=
h v – v y
dy
Illustration 11 : Solve x 2 x 2 xy y 2 [Exemplar]
dx
Solution: Given that
dy dy y y2
x 2
x xy y 1 2
2 2
…..(1)
dx dx x x
y y2
Let f(x, y) = 1
x x2
y 2 y 2
f(x, y) = 1
x 2 x 2
0 y y2
f(x, y) = 1 2 = 0 f(x, y)
x x
which is homogeneous expression of degree 0.
dy dv
Put y = vx vx
dx dx
On substituting these values in Eq.(1), we get :
dv dv
v x 1 v v x
2
1 v v2 v
dx dx
dv dv dx
x 1 v 2
dx 1 v 2
x
On integrating both sides, we get :
y y
tan 1 v log | x | C tan 1 log | x | C v
x x
E 73
Illustration 12 : Find the equation of a curve passing through 1, if the slope of the tangent to the
4
y y
curve at any point P (x, y) is – cos 2 .
x x
dy y y
Solution : According to the given condition = – cos 2
dx x x
dy dv
This is a homogeneous differential equation. Substituting y = vx and v x , we get
dx dx
dv dv
v+x = v – cos 2 v x = – cos 2 v
dx dx
dx
sec vdv tan v = –log x+ C
2
x
Substituting x = 1, y = , we get. C = 1. Thus, we get
4
y
tan + logx = 1, which is the required equation.
x
Illustration 13 : Find the general solution of y 2 dx (x 2 xy y 2 )dy 0 . [Exemplar]
Solution : Given differential equation is
y 2 dx (x 2 xy y 2 )dy 0
dx
y 2 dx (x 2 xy y 2 )dy y 2 (x 2 xy y 2 )
dy
dx x2 x
2 1 …..(1)
dy y y
which is a homogeneous differential equation
x dx dv
Put v or x = vy vy
y dy dy
On substituting these values in Eq.(1), we get :
dv
vy [v 2 v 1]
dy
dv dv
y v 2 v 1 v y v 2 1
dy dy
dv dy
v 12
y
On integrating both sides, we get
tan 1 (v) log y C
x x
tan 1 log y C v
y y
74 E
(3) Linear differential equations :
A differential equation is said to be linear differential equation of first order if the
dependent variable and its derivative occur only in first degree and are not multiplied
together. The general form of such equations are
dy
Type I : + Py = Q
dx
where P and Q are constants or functions of x.
Solution of this equation is y(I.F.) = Q(I.F.)dx +c
dx
Type II : Px Q
dy
where P and Q are constants or functions of y.
Solution of this equation is x(I.F.) = Q(I.F.)dy C
dy
Illustration 14: Solve the given differential equation y e x , y(0) 0 . [Exemplar]
dx
dy
Solution: Given, y e– x
dx
dy
This is linear differential equation of form Py Q
dx
Where P = 1, Q = e–x
I.F. = ePdx e
1.dx
ex
Solution is y.IF (Q.IF) dx C
y.ex e – x .ex dx + C
y.ex = x + c .....(1)
also y(0) = 0
from (1), c = 0
yex = x or y = xe–x
Illustration 15 : Find the general solution of (1 + tan y) (dx – dy) + 2xdy = 0. [Exemplar]
Solution : Given differential equation can be written as :
dx dx
(1 tan y) 1 2x 0 (1 tan y) (1 tan y) 2x 0
dy dy
dx dx 2x
(1 tan y) 2x (1 tan y) 1
dy dy 1 tan y
dx
which is a linear differential equation on comparing it with Px Q , we get :
dy
2
P ,Q 1
1 tan y
E 75
2 2 cosy
1tan y dy cosysin y dy
I.F. e e
cosysin ycosysin y cos ysin y
dy 1 cos ysin y dy
e cosysin y
e eylog(cosysin y)
eylog(cos ysin y) = ey(cos y + sin y) [ elog x x]
The general solution is, x · e y (cos y sin y) 1· e y (cos y sin y) dy C
x · e y (cos y sin y) e y (sin y cos y) dy C
ex ex c
x
x
y x = .x dx y x = e + c y =
x x
dy 2
Illustration 17 : Find the general solution of differential equation e x 2 xy . [Exemplar]
dx
dy 2
Solution : Given that e x 2 xy
dx
dy 2
xy e x 2
dx
dy
This is linear differential equation of the form Py Q
dx
2
where, P = –x, Q = e x 2
I.F. e
x dx 2
ex 2
1 dx C y· e x
2 2
y· e x 2 2
xC
2 2 2
y xex 2
Ce x 2 y (x C) ex 2
76 E
EXERCISE-I
Choose the correct option :
d4 y d3 y
1. Find the degree of differential equation sin 3 0
dx 4 dx
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) Not defined
3/2
dy 2
1
dx
2. Find the order and degree of differential equation 2
d2y
dx 2
(A) 2 and 4 (B) 2 and 2 (C) 2 and 3 (D) 3 and 3
3. The solution of differential equation xdy – ydx = 0 represents : [Exemplar]
(A) a rectangular hyperbola (B) parabola whose vertex is at origin
(C) straight line passing through origin (D) a circle whose centre is at origin
7
4. If y(0) , then which of the following is a particular solution of the differential equation
3
dy
4e3x ?
dx
4 3x 4 7 29 4 3x 5
(A) e e (B) 12e3x (C) e 1 (D) 4e3x
3 3 3 3 3
dy y 1
5. The number of solutions of , when y(1) = 2 is [Exemplar]
dx x 1
(A) None (B) One (C) Two (D) Infinite
dy 1
6. Solution of differential equation + y = 0 is
dx y
1 1
(A) x log |1 y 2 | C (B) x log |1 y 2 | C
2 2
1 1
(C) x log |1 y 2 | C (D) x log |1 y 2 | C
2 2
dy
7. Solution of differential equation – y tan x = 2 sin x is
dx
cos 2x cos 2x
(A) y cos x = +C (B) y cos x = +C
2 2
sin 2x cos 2x
(C) y cos x = +C (D) y sin x = +C
2 2
E 77
dy
8. The integrating factor of differential equation (1 – x2) – xy 1 is [Exemplar]
dx
1
(A) –x (B) .. (C) 1 x 2 (D) log(1 x 2 )
2
dy y logx
10. The solution of differential equation = is
dx x x
d2y dy
11. Assertion (A) The order and degree of the differential equation 2
5 are 2 and 1
dx dx
respectively.
3
dx
Reason (R) : The differential equation 2y1/2 x is of order 1 and degree 3.
dy
ANSWER KEY
Q. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans. D B C C A B B C A A
Q. No. 11
Ans. B
78 E
SOLUTIONS
1. (D) Degree is not defined as given differential equation is not in polynomial in its derivatives.
2. (B) The given differential equation when written as a polynomial in derivatives becomes
3
d 2 y dy
2 2
4 2 1
dx dx
d2y
The highest order differential coefficient in this equation is and its power is 2.
dx 2
Therefore, the given differential equation is a non-linear differential equation of second
order and second degree.
3. (C) Given, x dy – ydx = 0
dy dx
By variable separating,
y x
3
7
Put x = 0 and y = we get
3
C=1
Put in equation (1)
4 3x
y= e 1
3
dy y 1
5. (A) Given ,
dx x 1
dy dx
y 1 x 1 log(y + 1) = log(x – 1) + c
x 1 & y –1
Here there is no function for y(1) = 2
E 79
dy 1 dy 1 y2
6. (B) y 0
dx y dx y
y dy
or 1 y 2
dx
Put 1 + y2 = t 2y dy = dt
dt 1 dt
y dy = 1.dx
2 2 t
1 1
or log | t | x C x log |1 y 2 | C
2 2
dy
7. (B) + (– tan x)y = 2 sin x
dx
dy
It is linear differential equation of form + Py = Q
dx
where P = – tan x and Q = 2 sin x
Therefore I.F. = e Pdx = e –tanx dx = eln cos x = cosx
Hence, the solution of the given differential equation is
y (I.F.) = Q. (I.F.) dx + C
y cos x = 2 sin x cos x dx + C
or y cos x = sin 2x dx + C
cos 2x
y cos x = +C
2
dy
8. (C) Given (1 x 2 ) xy 1
dx
dy x 1
y
dx 1 x 2
1 x2
dy
This is linear differential equation of form Py Q
dx
x 1
Where P = ,Q
1 x 2
1 x2
x 1
log(1 x 2 )
I.F. = e = e 1 x
Pdx dx
= e2 1 x2
2
80 E
dy
10. (A) Differential equation is in form of + Py = Q
dx
–1 logx
Where P = &Q=
x x
1
Pdx - dx 1
I.F. = e = e x e log x
x
Its solution is y.(I.F.) = Q(I.F.)dx + C
y log x 1 y 1
= · dx + C log x. 2 dx C
x x x x x
I II
y log x(x –1 ) 1 x –1
= – dx + C [Integration by parts]
x (–1) x (–1)
y –log x 1
or . = – + C . y = – log x – 1 + Cx
x x x
11. (B) Assertion (A) : Squaring both sides of the given differential equation,
2 2
d 2 y dy
5
dx 2
dx
d 2 y dy
5
dx 2 dx
The highest order is 2 and its power is 1.
Order is 2, degree is 1.
Hence, Assertion (A) is true.
Reason (R) : Given differential equation can be written as :
3
dy
3 1 2 y 3 3
1 dx dy dy
dy 2 y x x 1 2 y x
dy
3
dx dx
dx dx
Highest order is 1 and its power is 3.
Order is 1 and its power is 3.
Hence, reason (R) is also true.
Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
E 81
EXERCISE-II
2 2
d2 y
Find the order and degree of the differential equation 2 x sin .
dy dy
1. [Exemplar]
dx dx dx
1/4
d 2 y dy
2. Find the order and degree of the differential equation x1/5 0 respectively.
dx 2 dx
[Exemplar]
4. Find the solution of differential equation cos x sin y dx + sin x cos y dy = 0. [Exemplar]
5. Find the equation of a curve passing through origin, if the slope of the tangent to the curve at any
point (x, y) is equal to the square of the difference of the abscissa and ordinate of the point.
6. Solve : (sin x + cos x) dy + (cos x – sin x) dx = 0
7. The general solution of differential equation (ex + 1)ydy = (y + 1)ex dx is [Exemplar]
dy
8. Find the general solution of 3y sin 2x [Exemplar]
dx
dy
9. Solve the following differential equation : 2y tanx sinx .
dx
10. Solve : (x3 – 3xy2) dx = (y3 – 3x2y) dy.
CASE STUDY
11. A Veterinary doctor was examining a sick cat brought by a pet lover. When it was brought to the
hospital, it was already dead. The pet lover wanted to find its time of death. He took the
temperature of the cat at 11.30 pm which was 94.6°F. He took the temperature again after one
hour; the temperature was lower than the first observation. It was 93.4°F. The room in which the
cat was put is always at 70°F. The normal temperature of the cat is taken as 98.6°F when it was
alive. The doctor estimated the time of death using Newton law of cooling which is governed by
dT
the differential equation: (T 70) , where 70° F is the room temperature and T is the
dt
temperature of the object at time t.
Substituting the two different observations of T and t made, in the solution of the differential
dT
equation k (T 70) where k is a constant of proportion, time of death is calculated.
dt
Based on the given information, answer the following questions.
dT
(i) The solution of the differential equation = (T − 70) is given as ?
dt
(ii) If t = 0 when T is 72, then the value of c is ?
82 E
SOLUTIONS
1. The highest order derivative present in the given differentiation equation is 2, so the order of the
given differential equation is 2. As it is not expressible as a polynomial in differential
coefficients; so, its degree is not defined.
1
d2y dy 4
2. 2
x1/5
dx dx
4
d2y dy
Take 4 root on both side 2 x1/5
th
dx dx
Order = 2, degree = 4
3. Rearrange the given differential equation as :
1
dy y e sin x
dx 1 x2 1 x2
This is linear differential equation of the form
1
dy 1 e sin x
Py Q , where P , Q
dx 1 x2 1 x2
1
dx 1
Integrating factor e 1x 2
esin x
dy
5. Slope of tangent to the curve =
dx
and difference of abscissa and ordinate = x – y
dy
According to the question, (x y) 2 …..(1)
dx
dy dz dy dz
Put x – y = z 1 1
dx dx dx dx
E 83
On substituting these values in equation (1), we get :
dz dz dz
1 z 2 1 z 2 dx
dx dx 1 z2
On integrating both sides, we get :
dz 1 1 z 1 1 x y
dx 1 z 2
x log
2 1 z
C x log
2 1 x y
C …..(2)
dx ex y y dx y y
x x
dy e (1 y) e (1 y) dy 1 y (1 y)e x
dx y 1 dx y ex 1
· 1 ·
dy 1 y e x dy 1 y ex
y ex
1 y dy dx
ex 1
84 E
On integrating both sides, we get :
y ex 1 y 1 ex 1 ex
1 y dy 1 ex dx 1 y dy 1 ex dx 1dy 1 y dy 1 ex dx
y – log |(1 + y)| = log |(1 + ex)| + log k y = log |(1 + y)| + log |(1 + ex)| + log (k)
y = log |k(1 + y) (1 + ex)|
dy
8. Given, 3y sin 2x
dx
which is a linear differential equation.
dy
On comparing it with Py Q , we get :
dx
P = – 3, Q = sin 2x
I.F. = e e3x
3 dx
e3x e3x
3
I sin 2x 2cos 2x dx C1
3
1 2
I e 3x sin 2x e 3x cos 2x dx C1
3 3 II I
1 2 e3x e3x
I e3x sin 2x cos 2x (2sin 2x) dx C1 C 2
3 3 3 3
1 2 4
I e 3x sin 2x cos 2xe 3x I C [where, C' = C1 + C2]
3 9 9
4 3x 1 2
I e sin 2x cos 2x C
9 3 9
13 1 2
I e3x sin 2x cos 2x C
9 3 9
9 3x 1 2 9C
I e sin 2x cos 2x C where C 13
13 3 9
3 2 3 (3sin2x 2cos 2x)
I e3x sin 2x cos 2x C e 3x C
13 3 13 3
e3x e3x
(3sin2x 2cos 2x) C I (2cos x 3sin2x) C
13 13
On substituting the value of I in Eq.(1), we get :
3x e3x
y.e (2cos 2x 3sin 2x) C
13
1
y (2cos 2x 3sin 2x) Ce3x
13
E 85
dy
9. Given differential equation is : + 2ytanx = sin x
dx
dy
This is a linear differential equation in the form of + Py = Q
dx
Here; P = 2tanx, Q = sin x
sinx
y.sec2x = sin x . sec2 x dx C y.sec x =
2
dx + C
cos 2 x
y sec2x = sec x.tan x dx C ysec2x = sec x + C
secx C
y=
2
sec x sec 2 x
2
y = cos x + C cos x
10. We are given that
dy x 3 3xy 2
(x3 – 3xy ) dx = (y – 3x y) dy
2 3 2
dx y3 3x 2 y
Clearly, the given equation is a homogeneous equation.
dy dv
Putting y = vx and vx in it, we get,
dx dx
dv x 3 3v 2 x 3 dv 1 3v 2
vx 3 3 v x
dx v x 3vx 3 dx v3 3v
dv 1 3v2 1 v4 v3 3v dx
x 3 v 3 dv
dx v 3v v 3v 1 v 4
x
On integrating both sides
v3 3v dx v3 v dx
1 v4 dv x 1 v4 dv 3 1 v4 dv x
1 4v3 3 2v dx
4 1 v 4
dv
2 1 (v )
2 2
dv
x
1 4v3 3 dt dx
4 1 v 4
dv
2 1 t 2
, Where v2 = t 2vdv = dt
x
1 3 1 1 t
log |1 v 4 | log | | log | x | log C
4 2 2 1 1 t
1 3 1 v2
log |1 v 4 | log | | log | Cx |
4 4 1 v2
86 E
1 v2
–log| (1 – v4)| – 3 log | | 4 log | Cx |
1 v2
3
4 1 1 v2
log | (1 v ) 2
| log | (Cx) 4 |
1 v
3
1 1 v2
2
(Cx) 4
1 v 1 v
4
E 87
NCERT IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
1. Determine order and degree (if defined) of differential equation.
2
d2y dy
2 cos 0 [Ex.9.1, Q.4]
dx dx
3 2
d 2 y dy dy
2. The degree of the differential equation 2 sin 1 0 is : [Ex.9.1, Q.11]
dx dx dx
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) not defined
In each of the questions verify that the given functions (explicit or implicit) is a solution of
the corresponding differential equation (Q.3 to 5 ):
xy
3. y = 1 x2 : y' = [Ex.9.2, Q.4]
1 x2
4. y = x sin x : xy' = y + x x 2 – y2 (x 0 and x > y or x < – y) [Ex.9.2, Q.6]
5. y – cos y = x : (y sin y + cos y + x) y' = y [Ex.9.2, Q.8]
6. For the differential equation, find the general solution : [Ex.9.3, Q.4]
sec x tan y dx + sec y tan x dy = 0
2 2
7. For differential equations, find a particular solution satisfying the given condition: [Ex.9.3, Q.11]
dy
(x3 + x2 + x + 1) = 2x2 + x; y = 1 when x = 0
dx
8. In a culture, the bacteria count is 1,00,000. The number is increased by 10% in 2 hours. In how
many hours will the count reach 2,00,000, if the rate of growth of bacteria is proportional to the
number present? [Ex.9.3, Q.22]
9. In question, show that the given differential equation is homogeneous and solve. [Ex.9.4, Q.10]
x
x
y x
1 e y dx e 1 dy 0
y
10. For differential equation, find the particular solution satisfying the given condition:
2 y
x sin x y dx x dy 0 ; y 4 ; when x = 1 [Ex.9.4, Q.13]
11. For differential equation, find the general solution: [Ex.9.5, Q.9]
dy
x y – x xy cot x 0(x 0)
dx
12. For differential equation, find a particular solution satisfying the given condition:
dy
– 3y cot x = sin2x; y = 2 when x = [Ex.9.5, Q.15]
dx 3
x
xy
13. Solve the differential equation ye y
dx xe y dy, (y 0) .
2
[Misc.Ex., Q.8]
14. Find a particular solution of the differential equation (x – y) (dx + dy) = dx – dy, given that
y = –1, when x = 0. (Hint: put x – y = t) [Misc.Ex., Q.9]
88 E
e –2 x y dx
15. Solve the differential equation – 1, (x 0) . [Misc.Ex., Q.10]
x x dy
dy
16. Find a particular solution of the differential equation + y cot x = 4x cosec x (x 0), given
dx
that y = 0 when x [Misc.Ex., Q.11]
2
dy
17. Show that the differential equation (x – y) = x + 2y is homogeneous and solve it.
dx
[Example 10]
y dy y
18. Show that the differential equation x cos = y cos + x is homogeneous and solve
x dx x
it. [Example 11]
x
x
19. Show that the differential equation 2y e y dx y – 2xe y dy = 0 is homogeneous and find its
particular solution, given that, x = 0 when y = 1. [Example 12]
20. Show that the family of curves for which the slope of the tangent at any point (x, y) on it is
x 2 y2
, is given by x2 – y2 = Cx. [Example 13]
2xy
dy
21. Find the particular solution of the differential equation + y cot x = 2x + x2 cot x (x 0), given
dx
that y = 0 when x . [Example 17]
2
22. Find the particular solution of the differential equation (tan–1y – x)dy = (1 + y2)dx. [Example 22]
ANSWER KEY
1. Order = 2, Degree not defined. 2. (D)
1 1
log x 1 x 2 1 tan 1 x 1
2 3
6. tanx tany= C 7. y=
4 2
2log 2
8. 9. yex/y + x = C
log 11/10
1 C
10. cot(y/x) = log|ex| 11. y= cot x
x x sin x
12. y = 4sin3 x 2sin 2 x 13. ex/y = y + C
14. log|x–y| = x + y + 1 15. ye2 x
2 x C
x 2y
16. y sinx = 2x2 – 2/2(sinx 0) 17. log | (x 2 xy y 2 ) | 2 3 tan 1 C
3x
18. sin(y/x) = log|Cx| 19. 2ex/y + log|y| = 2
2 1 1
21. y = x2 – (sinx 0) 22. xetan y
etan y (tan 1 y 1) C
4sin x
E 89
PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
1 MARK QUESTIONS
1. (a) Write the order and degree of the differential equation : [CBSE 2021 C]
d2y
2
d2 y dy
3 x 2
log 2
dx 2 dx dx
dy
(b) Find the general solution of the differential equation = a, where a is an arbitrary
dx
constant.
d2y
2
d2 y dy
Sol. (a) Given differential equation is : 3 x 2
log 2
dx 2 dx dx
Order = 2 and degree is not defined since the given equation is not a polynomial in
derivatives [½]
dy
(b) Given differential equation is = a dy = a dx
dx
Integrating both sides; we get : 1dy a dx y = ax + C [½]
dy
2. Find the integrating factor of x (1 x cot x) y x [CBSE 2021 C]
dx
dy
(1 x cot x) y x
dy 1
Sol. x y cot x 1
dx dx x
dy
Comparing it with Py Q ; we get :
dx
1
P cot x and Q = 1
x
1
cot x dx
I.F. = e e x
Pdx
e(log xlogsin x)
or I.F. = elog(xsinx) = xsinx [1]
2 MARKS QUESTIONS
dy 3e2x 3e4x
3. Find the general solution of the differential equation : x –x . [CBSE 2022]
dx e e
dy 3e2x 3e4x
Sol. Given differential equation is x x
dx e e
dy 3e 1 e
2x 2x
dy
x 3e3x [1]
dx e 1 e
2x
dx
e3x
1 dy 3e dx y 3 3 C y = e + C
3x
3x
[1]
90 E
dy
4. Find the general solution of the differential equation : log ax by . [CBSE 2022]
dx
dy
Sol. Given that, log ax by
dx
dy dy
e ax by e ax .e by by e ax dx [1]
dx e
On integrating both sides; we get :
e –by eax
e dy e dx c1
– by ax
b a
b
e–by = – eax C where C = – bc1 [1]
a
5. Find the general solution of the differential equation : edy/dx = x2. [CBSE 2022]
Sol. Given that edy/dx = x2
Taking log on both sides; we get :
log edy/dx = logx2
dy
2 log x dy = 2logxdx [1]
dx
On integrating both sides; we have :
1
1.dy 21.log x dx y 2 log x 1.dx x .1 dx dx
y 2xlog x – 2x c [1]
6. If the solution of the differential equation
dy 2xy y 2 ax
2
is = b log |x| + C; then find the value of 'a' and 'b'. [CBSE 2021 C]
dx 2x y
ax
Sol. Given, = b log |x| + C
y
dy
y x dx b
Differentiating w.r.t. x, a 2 [½]
y x
dy by 2 dy by 2
y– x = x y– [½]
dx ax dx ax
dy axy by2
will be the required differential equation
dx ax 2
dy 2xy y 2
Now, comparing with , we get a = 2 & b = 1 [1]
dx 2x 2
E 91
3 MARKS QUESTIONS
dy
7. Find the particular solution of the differential equation x y x 2 .e x , given y(1) = 0.
dx
OR
dy
Find the general solution of the differential equation x y(log y log x 1) . [CBSE 2022]
dx
dy dy y
Sol. Given differential equation is x y x 2 ex x ex
dx dx x
dy
This is linear differential equation of the form Py Q
dx
1
where P and Q = xex
x
1
1
I.F. = e x = e log x
dx
[1]
x
1 1
Hence, the general solution is given by y x e x dx
x x
y y
e x dx e x c [1]
x x
Substituting x = 1 and y = 0, we get: 0 = e1 + c c = – e
y
Required particular solution is e x e . [1]
x
OR
dy dy y y
Given differential equation is: x y log y log x 1 log 1
dx dx x x
dy dv dv
Put y = vx vx vx v log v 1 [1]
dx dx dx
1 dx
dv
vlog v x
1 1
Integrating both sides; dv dx
vlog v x
log(log v) = log x + log c = log cx log v = cx [1]
y
log cx , which is the required general solution. [1]
x
4 MARKS QUESTIONS
y
8. Solve the differential equation (1 e y/x )dy e y/x 1 dx 0 (x 0) [CBSE 2020]
x
Sol. Given differential equation is 1 e y/x dy e y/x 1 dx 0
y
x
e y/x 1
y
dy
1 e y/x dy 1 e y/x dx
y x
[1]
x dx 1 e y/x
92 E
y dy dv
Put v i.e. y vx vx
x dx dx
dv ev v 1 dv e v v 1
v+x x v [1]
dx 1 ev dx 1 ev
dv v.ev ev v vev dv ev v
x x
dx 1 ev dx 1 ev
1 ev dx
ve v
dv
x
log v e v log | x | log C [1]
C C
log v ev log v + ev =
x x
x e y/x C y xe y/x C
y
[1]
x
dy y
9. Solve the differential equation : x y x tan [CBSE 2019]
dx x
OR
dy x ycos x
Solve the differential equation :
dx 1 sin x
Sol. Given differential equation is :
dy dy y y
x y x tan(y / x) tan [½]
dx dx x x
The given equation is homogenous differential equation.
y dy dv
Put = v i.e. y = vx =v+x [1]
x dx dx
dv dv dv dx
v+x v tan v x tan v [1]
dx dx tan v x
Integrating both sides; we get :
dv dx
tan v x
1
cot v dv x dx log |sin v| = – log |x| + log C
C
log |sin v| = log [1]
x
y y
sin C / x x sin = C [½]
x x
E 93
OR
Given differential equation is :
dy x ycos x dy cos x x
y .....(1)
dx 1 sin x dx 1 sin x 1 sin x
dy
Eq. (1) is a linear diff. eq. of the form Py Q;
dx
cos x x
where, P and Q
1 sin x 1 sin x [1½]
cos x
I.F. = e
P dx dx log1sin x
= e 1sin x e 1 sin x [1]
Hence, the solution is : y.(I.F.) = (Q.I.F.) dx C
x
y(1 + sin x) (1 sin x) dx C [1]
1 sin x
x 2
y(1 + sin x) = x dx C or y(1 sin x) C [½]
2
10. Find the particular solution of the differential equation ex tan y dx + (2 – ex) sec2ydy = 0, given
that y when x = 0. [CBSE 2018]
4
OR
dy
Find the particular solution of the differential equation + 2ytanx = sin x, given that y = 0
dx
when x .
3
Sol. The given differential equation is e x tan ydx 2 e x sec 2 ydy 0
sec 2 y e x
(2 – ex) sec2ydy = –extan y dx dy dx [1]
tan y 2 ex
Integrating both sides, we get :
sec 2 y e x
tan y dy 2 ex dx [1]
94 E
OR
dy
The given differential equation is 2y tan x sin x
dx
dy
This is a linear equation of the form Py Q ;
dx
whereP 2tan x and Q sin x
Now, I.F. = e e
Pdx 2tan xdx 2
e2log|secx| elog|sec x| sec2 x. [1]
The general solution of the given differential equation is;
y I.F. Q I.F. dx C
E 95
IMPORTANT NOTES
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
96 E
W E | d | 30
S
4. POSITION VECTOR :
Let O be origin, then the position vector of a point P w.r.to origin
is the vector . If a & b are position vectors of two points A
and B, then AB b a = P.V. of B – P.V. of A
system with O as origin ; X'OX and Y'OY are two perpendicular X' O ^i X
Some Observations
(i) If components of a vector AB are x and y then AB OP OP 2 OM 2 MP 2 ,
i.e. AB x 2 y 2
This means that length (or magnitude) of a vector (written in component form) is the
non-negative square root of the sum of squares of its components.
(ii) A point P in XOY-plane has the coordinate pair (x, y) if position vector of P is xiˆ yjˆ .
(P.V. of P = OP = xiˆ yjˆ )
98 E
(iii) If A(x1, y1) and B(x2, y2) are the initial and final points of a vector AB , then
AB = P.V. of B – P.V. of A Y B(x2, y2)
(x1, y1)A
= (x2 î + y2 ĵ ) – (x1 î + y1 ĵ )
i.e. P P (x ˆi y ˆj z k)
1 2 2 2
ˆ (x ˆi y ˆj z k)
2 1
ˆ
1 1 ^
i O ^ Y
j
= (x2 – x1) î + (y2 – y1) ĵ + (z2 – z1) k̂ X
The magnitude of vector P1P2 is given by P1P2 (x 2 x1)2 (y2 y1)2 (z 2 z1)2 .
E 99
7. DIRECTION COSINES OF LINE :
If be the angles made by a line with x-axis, y-axis & z-axes respectively
then cos, cos & cos are called direction cosines of the line,
denoted by , m & n respectively.
Let r xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ
x y z
then cos , cos and cos
r r r
8. DIRECTION RATIOS :
Any three numbers a, b, c proportional to direction cosines , m, n of a line are called direction
ratios of the line.
m n
i.e.
a b c
It is easy to see that there can be infinitely many sets of direction ratios for a given line.
Note :
1. The relation between , m, n is given by 2 + m2 + n2 = 1 but a2 + b2 + c2 1
2. The direction ratio's of a vector r xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ are just the respective components
x, y and z of the vector r .
Illustration 4: Find the direction cosines of the vector PQ where P is point (1, –2, 2) and Q is the point
(3, –5, –4).
Solution:
Now PQ = P.V of Q – P.V. of P (3iˆ 5jˆ 4k)
ˆ (iˆ 2ˆj 2k)
ˆ 2iˆ 3jˆ 6kˆ
vector a , then a 4 1 4 9 3
a 2 b 1 c 2
, m , n
a 3 a 3 a 3
2 1 2
Thus, the direction cosines of vector a are , , .
3 3 3
100 E
Illustration 6: Find a vector r of magnitude 3 2 units which makes an angle of and with
4 2
y and z-axes, respectively. [Exemplar]
1
Solution: Here, m cos and n cos 0
4 2 2
2 2 2 1 1
l + m + n = 1 l 2 0 1 l
2 2
Hence, the required vector r 3 2 (lˆi mjˆ nk)
ˆ
1 ˆ 1
r 3 2 i j 0kˆ r 3iˆ 3jˆ .
2 2
9. TYPES OF VECTORS :
(a) Zero vector or Null vector :
A vector of zero magnitude i.e. which has the same initial & terminal point AA, BB is called a
zero vector. It is denoted by 0 . It can have any arbitrary direction and any line as its line of support.
(b) Unit vector :
A vector of unit magnitude in direction of a vector a is called unit vector and it is denoted
a
symbolically by a = .
|a|
(ii) parallel to v1 + 2 v2 – v3
3iˆ 7ˆj
(ii) A unit vector parallel to v is i.e. v̂
58
E 101
(c) Co-initial vectors :
Vectors having same initial point are called Co-initial Vectors.
Solution: AB b a 2iˆ 3jˆ 4kˆ ˆi 2ˆj 3kˆ ˆi 5jˆ 7kˆ
BC c b 7ˆj 10kˆ 2iˆ 3jˆ 4kˆ 2iˆ 10ˆj 14kˆ 2 ˆi 5jˆ 7kˆ
BC AB i.e. BC || AB
but point B is common in BC and AB i.e. BC and AB are collinear.
Hence points with position vector a, b, c are collinear.
(e) Equality of Two vectors :
Two vectors are said to be equal if they have
(a) the equal length,
(b) the same direction.
Note : Components of two equal vectors are equal. i.e. if a a1ˆi a 2ˆj a 3k,
ˆ b b ˆi b ˆj b kˆ
1 2 3
then, a b a1 b1, a 2 b2 , a 3 b3 .
102 E
Illustration 11: Find the values of x and y if (x, –1, 3), (3, y, 1) and (–1, 11, 9) are collinear.
Solution: Let the given points in reference be A, B and C so that
P.V. of A xiˆ ˆj 3kˆ , P.V. of B 3iˆ yjˆ kˆ and P.V. of C ˆi 11jˆ 9kˆ .
E 103
Let a and b be two vectors in a plane, which are represented by AB and CD . Their addition
can be performed in the following two ways :
(i) Triangle law of addition of vectors : If two vectors can be represented by the two sides
of a triangle, taken in same order, then their sum will be represented by the third side in
their reverse order.
Let O be the fixed point in the plane of vectors. Draw a vector
OE from O, equal and parallel to AB , which represents the
vector a . Now from E, draw a another vector EF , equal and
parallel to CD , which represents the vector b . Vector OF
obtained by joining O and F represents the sum of vectors
a and b . i.e. OE EF OF or a b OF
This method of addition of two vectors is called Triangle law of addition of vectors.
(ii) Parallelogram law of addition of vectors : If two vectors be represented by the two
adjacent sides of a parallelogram, taken in reverse order
then their sum will be represented by the diagonal through
the co-initial point. Let a and b be vectors drawn from
(1) a b b a (commutative)
(2) (a b) c a (b c) (associativity)
(– b ).
It is written as follows :
a b a (b)
104 E
Geometrical representation : In the given diagram, a and b are represented by OA and AB .
We extend the line AB in opposite direction upto C, where AC = AB. The line segment AC will
represent the vector – b . By joining the points O and C, the vector represented by OC is a (b) .
b
P
(ii) a b ba O a
2 a
– 1
2 a
a
When = –1, then a = – a , which is a vector having magnitude equal to the magnitude of a and
direction opposite to that of the direction of a . The vector – a is called the negative (or additive
inverse) of vector a .
a + (– a ) = (– a ) + a = 0
E 105
1
Also, if = , provided a is not a null vector, then
a
1
a a a 1
a
So, a represents the unit vector in the direction of a .
1
â a
a
Note : For any scalar k, k 0 = 0 .
Illustration 14: Find the vector joining the points A(4, 5, 1) and B(–3, –4, –6) directed from A to B.
Solution: Since the vector is to be directed from A to B clearly A is the initial point and B is the
terminal point. So the required vector joining A and B is the vector AB given by
AB (–3 – 4)iˆ (–4 – 5)ˆj (–6 1)kˆ
–7iˆ 9ˆj 7kˆ
Illustration 15: Find the position vector of the points which divide internally and externally in the
ratio 2 : 3, the segment joining the points with P.V. 2a 3b and 3a 2b .
Solution: Let A and B be the given points with position vectors 2a 3b and 3a 2b respectively. Let P
and Q be the points dividing AB internally and externally in the ratio 2 : 3.
By section formula
2(P.V. of B) + 3 (P.V. of A) 2(3a – 2b)+3(2a – 3b) 12a –13b
P.V. of P = =
23 23 5
2(P.V. of B) – 3 (P.V. of A)
and P.V. of Q =
23
E 107
a.b
Note: (i) The angle between a & b is given by cos , 0
| a || b |
(ii) If a a1ˆi a 2ˆj a 3kˆ & b b1ˆi b2ˆj b3kˆ then, a.b a1b1 a 2b2 a 3b3
(iii) Maximum value of a .b | a || b |
(iv) Minimum values of a .b | a || b |
ˆ ˆ (a . ˆj)ˆj (a .k)k
(v) Any vector a can be written as, a (a .i)i ˆ ˆ
Illustration 17: Find the angle between the vectors 2iˆ ˆj kˆ and 3iˆ 4ˆj kˆ .
Solution: Let a 2iˆ ˆj kˆ , b 3iˆ 4ˆj kˆ
a . b = |a| |b| cos
a.b (2iˆ ˆj k)
ˆ .(3iˆ 4jˆ k)
ˆ 6 4 1
cos =
a b 6 . 26 6 . 26
1 1
cos cos 1
156 156
Illustration 18: Show that the vectors a 3iˆ 2jˆ k,
ˆ b ˆi 3jˆ 5k,c
ˆ 2iˆ ˆj 4kˆ form a right-angled
triangle.
C
Solution: b c (iˆ 3jˆ 5k)
ˆ (2iˆ ˆj 4k)
ˆ 3iˆ 2jˆ kˆ a a, b, c form a triangle.
b
a
Further, a.c (3iˆ 2ˆj k).(2i
ˆ ˆ ˆj 4k)
ˆ = (3) (2) + (–2) (1) + (1) (–4) = 0.
Thus, the dot product of two non-zero vectors a and c is zero, therefore, B A
c
these vectors are perpendicular, i.e., the sides represented by the vectors
a and c are perpendicular.
Hence the given vectors form a right angled triangle.
Illustration 19: If a 2iˆ ˆj k,
ˆ b ˆi ˆj 2kˆ and c ˆi 3jˆ kˆ , find such that a is perpendicular to
b c . [Exemplar]
Solution: We have, b c (iˆ ˆj 2k)
ˆ (iˆ 3jˆ k)
ˆ ( 1)iˆ ( 3)ˆj (2 1)kˆ
| a |2 | b |2 2 | a || b | cos | c |2
1
9 + 25 + 30 cos = 49 cos = 60° or
2 3
108 E
16. PROJECTION OF A VECTOR ON A LINE :
Suppose a vector AB makes an angle with a given directed line (say), in the anticlockwise
direction (figure). Then the projection of AB on is a vector p (say) with magnitude
| AB | cos, and the direction of p being the same (or opposite) to that of the line , depending
upon whether cos is positive or negative. The vector p
B B
a p
a
C p C
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
A A
A p C C p A a
a
(0° < < 90°) (90° < < 180°) B B
(180° < < 270°) (270° < < 360°)
is called the projection vector, and its magnitude | p | is simply called as the projection of the
vector AB on the directed line .
For example, in each of the following figures (i) to (iv), projection vector AB along the line is
vector AC .
Observations :
1. If p is the unit vector along a line , then the projection of a vector a on the line is given
by a . p̂ .
2. ˆ or a . b , or 1 (a . b)
Projection of a vector a on other vector b , is given by a . b,
b b
a.b a .b
3. The projection vector of a along b is b̂ and perpendicular to b is a – b̂.
|b| |b|
4. If = 0, then the projection of vector AB will be AB itself and if = , then the
projection of vector AB will be BA .
3
5. If or , then the projection vector of AB will be zero vector.
2 2
Illustration 21: The projection of PQ on AB where PQ 5iˆ ˆj 2kˆ and AB 3iˆ 2ˆj 6kˆ will be.
PQ.AB 15 2 12 15 2 12 1
Solution: = =
| AB | 7 7 7
(ii) Vector product of two vectors (Cross product) :
If a and b are two vectors & is the angle between them, then
a b a b sin nˆ , where n̂ is the unit vector perpendicular to
both a & b such that a,b & n form a right-handed thumb system.
Sign convention :
Right handed thumb rule : In a right handed coordinate Z
E 109
Observations :
(a) (i) a × b = 0 a & b are parallel (collinear) (a 0, b 0) i.e. a = b , where is a
scalar
(ii) a × b b × a (not commutative)
(v) ˆi × ˆi = ˆj× ˆj = kˆ × kˆ = 0
(vi) ˆi × ˆj = k,
ˆ ˆj× kˆ = ˆi, kˆ × ˆi = ˆj
ˆj × ˆi = – k,
ˆ kˆ × ˆj = – ˆi, ˆi × kˆ = – ˆj
ˆi ˆj kˆ
(b) If a = a1ˆi + a 2ˆj+ a 3kˆ & b = b1ˆi + b2ˆj+ b3kˆ , then a × b = a1 a 2 a3
b1 b 2 b3
110 E
Hence a unit vector parallel to d1 and d2 is
(3iˆ 6ˆj 2k)
ˆ ˆi 2ˆj 8kˆ
d̂1 & d̂2 =
32 (6) 2 22 12 (2) 2 82
3 6 2 î 2 ˆ 8 ˆ
d̂1 ˆi ˆj kˆ & d̂2 = j k
7 7 7 69 69 69
ˆi ˆj kˆ
a b 2 4 5 = î (12 + 10) – ĵ (–6 – 5) + k̂ (–4 + 4) = 22 î + 11 ĵ + 0kˆ
1 2 3
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5 3 2 5 3 5 5 2
2. If the projection of a ˆi 2ˆj 3kˆ on b 2iˆ ˆj kˆ is 2 units, then the value of is :
1 1
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) (D)
3 4
3. L and M are two points with position vector 2a b and a 2b respectively. The position vector
of a point N which divides the line segment LM in the ratio 2 : 1 externally is.
(A) 5b (B) 5b (C) b (D) b
4. Show below is regular hexagon whose two vertices are joined by a vector.
4iˆ ˆj kˆ respectively. Which of the following is the vector that represents the median PS ?
7ˆ 9ˆ 9 ˆ 13 9ˆ 3ˆ 1 ˆ 1 5 7
(A) i j k (B) 2iˆ 3jˆ kˆ (C) i j k (D) ˆi ˆj kˆ
2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
6. What is the angle which the vector ˆi ˆj 2kˆ makes with the z-axis?
2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 3 6 3
112 E
7. If a, b, c are mutually perpendicular unit vectors, then | a b c | = ?
10. If a and b are unit vectors inclined at an angle , then the value of a b is
(A) 2sin (B) 2 sin (C) 2cos (D) 2 cos
2 2
ANSWER KEY
Q. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans. C B A A C A C D D A
E 113
SOLUTIONS
1. (C) Given a 2iˆ 4ˆj 5kˆ
a 4 16 25 45 3 5
a be unit vector, then a 1
1 1 1
a 1
a 3 5 3 5
2. (D) Given, a ˆi 2ˆj 3kˆ , b 2iˆ ˆj kˆ
a·b (iˆ 2ˆj 3k)
ˆ · (2iˆ ˆj k)
ˆ 2 2 3 5 2
Projection of a on b =
b 2 1
2 2 2
4 1
2
5 2
5 2
2 (given)
5 2
1
(5 – 2)2 = 4(5 + 2) – 20 = 20 –20 = – 5
4
2 OM 1 OL
3. (A) ON
2 1 L M N
a 2b
2 (a 2b) 1 (2a b) (2a–b)
ON a+2b
1
O
ON 5b
4. (A) only (ii) [1]
Equal vectors : Those vectors which have same direction and equal magnitude.
So, statement (i) is false, because a and b have opposite direction.
Collinear vectors : Those vectors which are lie along the same line or parallel lines.
So, statement (ii) is true.
Coinitial vectors : Those vectors which have same initial points.
So, statement (iii) is false, because c and d have same initial point but g has different initial point.
9ˆ 3ˆ 1 ˆ
5. (C) i j k [1]
2 2 2
Let the position of the vertices P, Q and R
P
are a ˆi 2ˆj 4kˆ ,
b 3iˆ 6ˆj 8kˆ and
c 4iˆ ˆj kˆ respectively
S is the mid-point of Q and R Q S R
bc 7ˆ 7ˆ 9 ˆ
Position vector of S is i j k
2 2 2 2
7 7 9 ˆ PS 9 ˆi 3 ˆj 1 kˆ
Now, PS ˆi ˆj kˆ (ˆi 2jˆ 4k)
2 2 2 2 2 2
114 E
6. (A) Let a ˆi ˆj 2kˆ
a (iˆ ˆj 2k)
ˆ 1 1 1 ˆ
â â ˆi ˆj k
|a| 12 12 ( 2) 2 2 2 2
1 1 1
, ,
So, The dc's of a are
2 2 2
1
cos = =
2 4
7. (C) Since a, b, c are mutually perpendicular unit vectors, then | a | | b | | c | = 1 and
a ·b b·c c·a 0
2
a b c = (a b c) · (a b c) = a · a b · b c · c 2(a · b b · c c · a)
= | a |2 | b |2 | c |2 2(0) = 1 + 1 +1 = 3
|abc| 3
8. (D) a b a b sin
ab 12 1 5
sin ,
| a | | b | 8 3 2 6 6
3
Now, a · b a b cos (8)(3) 12 3
2
a · b 12 3
9. (D) Given AB b , OC a
Let OA x, AC y B C
E 115
EXERCISE-II
1. Find the vector of magnitude 171 which is perpendicular to both of the vectors a ˆi 2ˆj 3kˆ
2. If two vectors ˆj kˆ and 3iˆ ˆj 4kˆ represents the sides AB and AC respectively of a ABC.
a d and b c .
6. Let a ˆi 4ˆj 2kˆ , b 3iˆ – 2jˆ 7kˆ and c 2iˆ – ˆj 4kˆ . Find a vector p which is perpendicular to
7. If a unit vector a makes angle with î , with ĵ and an acute angle with k̂ , then find and
3 4
hence, the components of a .
8. If a, b, c are unit vectors such that a b c 0 , find the value of a·b b·c c·a ? [Exemplar]
Q R
Using the vectors shown for RQ and RS, prove that the area of QRST is equal to the area of
QRTP.
10. Show that the points A, B, C with position vectors 2iˆ ˆj k,
ˆ ˆi 3ˆj 5k̂ and
3iˆ 4ˆj 4kˆ respectively are the vertices of a right angled triangle. Hence find the area of the
triangle.
116 E
CASE STUDY-I
11. Solar Panels have to be installed carefully so that the tilt of the roof, and the direction to the sun,
produce the largest possible electrical power in the solar panels.
A surveyor uses his instrument to determine the coordinates of the four corners of a roof where
solar panels are to be mounted. In the picture , suppose the points are labelled counter clockwise
from the roof corner nearest to the camera in units of meters P1(6, 8, 4), P2(21, 8, 4), P3(21, 16, 10)
and P4 (6,16,10); where A P.V. of P2 – P.V. of P1 and B P.V. by P4 –P.V. of P1 (where P.V.
stands for position vector).
(i) What are the components to the vector N , perpendicular to A and B and the surface of the
roof?
(ii) What is the magnitude of N and its units? The sun is located along the unit vector
1ˆ 6ˆ 1 ˆ
S = i j k . If the flow of solar energy is given by the vector F 910S = 910 S in
2 7 7
units of watts / meter2, what is the dot product of vectors F 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ N , and the units for this
quantity ?
CASE STUDY-II
12. A class XII student appearing for a competitive examination was asked to attempt the following
questions.
Let a, b and c be three non-zero vectors.
Based on the given information, answer the following questions.
(i) If a = ˆi 2ˆj , b = 2iˆ ˆj 3kˆ ; then evaluate (2a b). (a b) (a 2b)
(ii) Let a, b and c be unit vectors such that a .b a .c 0 and angle between b and c is ;
6
then find a ?
E 117
SOLUTIONS
1. Given a ˆi 2ˆj 3kˆ and b 3iˆ ˆj 2kˆ
Let required vector c (a b) [ c || (a b)]
ˆi ˆj kˆ
c 1 2 3
3 1 2
c (iˆ 11jˆ 7k)
ˆ ........(1)
| c | | | 1 121 49
171 | | 171 c 171
| | 1 = ±1
c (iˆ 11jˆ 7k)
ˆ
2. Given AB ˆj k,
ˆ AC 3iˆ ˆj 4kˆ
AB AC 3iˆ 5kˆ
Let D is mid-point of BC, then AD
2 2
9 25 34
Length of median AD = AD
2 2
3. Given points A(3, –1, 2), B(1, –1, –3), C(4, –3, 1)
Hence, AB (iˆ ˆj 3k)
ˆ (3iˆ ˆj 2k)
ˆ 2iˆ 5kˆ
AC (4iˆ 3jˆ k)
ˆ (3iˆ ˆj 2k)
ˆ ˆi 2ˆj kˆ
ˆi ˆj kˆ
Now, AB AC 2 0 5 10iˆ 7ˆj 4kˆ
1 2 1
AB AC (10)2 72 42 165
118 E
5. Given a b c d …..(1)
and a c bd …..(2)
Subtract eq. (2) from eq.(1)
a b a c c d b d a (b c) (c b) d
a (b c) (b c) d 0 a (b c) d (b c) 0
(a d) (b c) 0 (a d) || (b c)
6. Given a ˆi 4ˆj 2kˆ , b 3iˆ 2ˆj 7kˆ , c 2iˆ ˆj 4kˆ and p.c = 18
The vector which is perpendicular to both a and b must be parallel to a b
ˆi ˆj kˆ
a b 1 4 2 = î (28 + 4) – ĵ (7 – 6) + k̂ (–2 – 12) = 32 ˆi ˆj 14 kˆ
3 2 7
since p is to both a and b
i.e., p || (a b)
Let p (a b) = (32 ˆi ˆj 14 k)
ˆ
p.c = 18 (32iˆ ˆj 14k).(2i
ˆ ˆ ˆj 4k)
ˆ = 18
then 2 (32) + (–1) (–) + 4 (– 14 ) = 18
If 64 + – 56 = 18
9 = 18 = 2
p 2(32 ˆi ˆj 14 kˆ )
1 1
7. The direction cosines of vector a are l cos , m cos and n = cos
3 2 4 2
2 2 2
l +m +n =1
1 1 1 1 1
n 2 1 n 2 n cos is actue angle
4 2 4 2 2 3
Since a is a unit vector;
a l ˆi m ĵ n k̂
1 1 ˆ 1ˆ
a ˆi j k
2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 ˆ 1ˆ
Hence, scalar components of a are , , and vector components of a are ˆi, j, k .
2 2 2 2 2 2
8. Given, | a | | b | | c | 1 and a b c 0
Now, a b c 0 | a b c |2 0
(a b c) (a b c) 0 [ a.a | a |2 ]
a a a b a c ba bb bc ca cb cc 0
| a |2 | b |2 | c |2 2(a.b b.c c.a) 0 [ a.b b.a]
3 2(a.b b.c c.a) 0 [ | a || b || c | 1]
3
a.b b.c c.a
2
E 119
9. Area of QRST = RQ RS a b …..(1)
P T S
Q R
In TQR, RT RQ QT
Put in Eq.(2)
Area of QRTP RQ (RQ QT)
a (a b) (a a) (a b) 0 a b a b …..(3)
10. Given position vectors of points A, B, C are 2iˆ ˆj kˆ , ˆi 3jˆ 5kˆ , 3iˆ 4ˆj 4kˆ respectively.
AB BC CA 0
1 1
Area of ABC = AB AC | –8iˆ –11jˆ 5kˆ |
2 2
1 210
64 121 25 = sq. units.
2 2
120 E
11. (i) P1(6,8,4), P2(21,8,4), P3(21,16,10) and P4(6,16,10)
A 21iˆ 8jˆ 4kˆ 6iˆ 8jˆ 4kˆ 15iˆ
B 6iˆ 16ˆj 10kˆ 6iˆ 8jˆ 4kˆ 8jˆ 6kˆ
ˆi ˆj kˆ
N A B 15 0 0
0 8 6
N ˆi(0) ˆj(90 0) k(120)
ˆ 90ˆj 120kˆ
Scalar component of N 0, 90,120
Vector component N 90ˆj,120kˆ
(ii) N 8100 14400 22500 150
1 6 1
Given, S ˆi ˆj kˆ
2 7 7
1 6 1
F 910S F 910 ˆi ˆj kˆ = 455iˆ 780ˆj 130kˆ
2 7 7
F.N 455iˆ 780ˆj 130kˆ 90ˆj 120kˆ = 70200 + 15600
E 121
NCERT IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
1. For given vectors, a 2iˆ ˆj 2kˆ and b ˆi ˆj kˆ , find the unit vector in the direction of the
vector a b . [Ex.10.2, Q.9]
2. Find a vector in the direction of vector 5iˆ ˆj 2kˆ which has magnitude 8 units. [Ex.10.2, Q.10]
3. Show that the vectors 2iˆ 3jˆ 4kˆ and 4iˆ 6jˆ 8kˆ are collinear. [Ex.10.2, Q.11]
4. Show that the points A, B and C with position vectors, a 3iˆ 4jˆ 4kˆ , b 2iˆ ˆj kˆ and
c ˆi 3jˆ 5kˆ , respectively form the vertices of a right angled triangle. [Ex.10.2, Q.17]
5. Find the projection of the vector ˆi 3jˆ 7kˆ on the vector 7iˆ ˆj 8kˆ . [Ex.10.3, Q.4]
6. Find a and b , if (a b).(a b) = 8 and a 8 b [Ex.10.3, Q.6]
8. If a, b, c are unit vectors such that a b c 0 , find the value of a.b b.c c.a . [Ex.10.3, Q.13]
9. If the vertices A, B, C of a triangle ABC are (1, 2, 3), (–1, 0, 0), (0, 1, 2), respectively, then find
ABC. [Ex.10.3, Q.15]
10. If a unit vector a makes angles with i, with ˆj and an acute angle with k̂ , then find and
3 4
hence, the components of a . [Ex.10.4, Q.3]
11.
Find and if 2iˆ 6ˆj 27kˆ ˆi ˆj kˆ 0 . [Ex.10.4, Q.5]
2
12. Let the vectors a and b be such that a = 3 and b = , then a b is a unit vector, if the angle
3
between a and b is [Ex.10.4, Q.11]
(A) /6 (B) /4 (C) /3 (D) /2
13. If a ˆi ˆj kˆ , b 2iˆ ˆj 3kˆ and c ˆi 2 ˆj kˆ , find a unit vector parallel to the vector
2a b 3c .
[Misc.Ex., Q.7]
14. Find the position vector of a point R which divides the line joining two points P and Q whose
position vectors are 2a b and a 3b externally in the ratio 1 : 2. Also, show that P is the
mid-point of the line segment RQ. [Misc.Ex., Q.9]
15. Show that the direction cosines of a vector equally inclined to the axes OX, OY and OZ are
1 1 1
, , . [Misc.Ex., Q.11]
3 3 3
16. Let a ˆi 4ˆj 2k,
ˆ b 3iˆ 2 ˆj 7kˆ and c 2iˆ ˆj 4kˆ . Find a vector d which is perpendicular to
122 E
18. If a ,b,c are mutually perpendicular vectors of equal magnitudes, show that the vector a b c is
equally inclined to a ,b and c . [Misc.Ex., Q.14]
19. If is the angle between two vectors a and b , then a b 0 only when [Misc.Ex., Q.16]
(A) 0 (B) 0 (C) 0 < < (D) 0
2 2
20. Let a and b be two unit vectors and is the angle between them. Then a b is a unit vector
if [Misc.Ex., Q.17]
2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 3 2 3
21. If is the angle between any two vectors a and b , then | a b | = | a b | when is equal to
[Misc.Ex., Q.19]
(A) 0 (B) (C) (D)
4 2
22. Let a, b and c be three vectors such that a 3, b 4, c 5 and each one of them being
23. Three vectors a, b and c satisfy the condition a b c 0 . Evaluate the quantity
a b b c c a, if a 3, b = 4 and | c | = 2. [Example 29]
24. If with reference to the right handed system of mutually perpendicular unit vectors ˆi, ˆj and kˆ
and 3i j , 2i j 3k , then express in the form 1 , 2 ,where 1 is parallel to and 2 is
perpendicular to . [Example 30]
ANSWER KEY
ˆi kˆ 40iˆ 8jˆ 16kˆ 60
1. 2. 5.
2 30 3 30 114
16 2 2 2 3
6. , 7. 13 8.
3 7 3 7 2
10 1 1 1 27
9. cos 1 10. , , , 11. 3,
102 3 2 2 2 2
16.
1
3
160iˆ 5jˆ 70kˆ 17. =1 19. B
E 123
1 MARK QUESTIONS
1. Find the angle between the vectors (iˆ ˆj) and (ˆj k)
ˆ . [CBSE 2021 C]
OR
Write the projection of the vector r = 3 î – 4ˆj + 12kˆ on (i) x-axis and (ii) y-axis.
Sol. Let be the angle between a ˆi ˆj and b ˆj kˆ
a .b
Then, cos = [ [0, ]]
| a |.| b |
Now, a.b = (iˆ ˆj).( ˆj k)
ˆ = – 1, | a | 2, | b | 2
2 2
cos = – = cos = [1]
2 3 3
OR
Given; r = 3 î – 4ˆj + 12kˆ
Projection of a on b is given as a.bˆ
r .iˆ (3iˆ 4jˆ 12k).i
ˆ ˆ
Projection of r on x-axis = = 3 [½]
| ˆi | 1
124 E
4. If a 4 and – 3 2, then a lies in : [CBSE 2020, 1M]
(A) [0, 12] (B) [2, 3] (C) [8, 12] (D) [–12, 8]
Now, | a | | || a | | a | 4 | | ( | a | 4)
Also, 3 2 (given)
| a | [0,12] [1]
5. The area of a triangle formed by vertices O, A and B; where OA ˆi 2jˆ 3kˆ and
OB 3iˆ 2ˆj kˆ , is : [CBSE 2020, 1M]
(A) 3 5 sq. units (B) 5 5 sq. units (C) 6 5 sq. units (D) 4 sq. units
1
Area of OAB = OA OB …..(1)
2
ˆi ˆj kˆ
Now, OA OB 1 2 3 8iˆ 10ˆj 4kˆ
3 2 1
OA OB 64 100 16 180
1
So, area of OAB = 180 3 5 sq.units [from (1)] [1]
2
6. Find the magnitude of each of the two vectors a and b , having the same magnitude such that the
9
angle between them is 60° and their scalar product is . [CBSE 2018, 1M]
2
Sol. Given, a b
9
Also, angle between a and b is 60° and a.b
2
9
a b cos 60
2
or
2
a
1 9
2 2
a b
2
a 9 or a 3
7. Write the projection of the vector (b c) on the vector a, where a = 2iˆ – 2jˆ k,
ˆ b iˆ 2jˆ – 2kˆ
Projection of b c on a = b c aˆ [1]
8. If a, b and c are three mutually perpendicular unit vectors, find the value of a 2b 3c .
[CBSE 2021 C]
Sol. Since a, b, c are unit vectors, we have :
| a | = | b || c | 1 …..(1) [½]
Since a, b, c are mutually perpendicular vectors, we have :
a.b = b.c = c.a = 0 ….(2) [½]
Now, | a 2b 3c | 2 = (a 2b 3c).(a 2b 3c) ( | a | 2 a.a )
= | a |2 4 | b |2 9 | c | 2 0 [using (2)]
1 4 9 14 [using (1)]
| a 2b 3c | 14 | a 2b 3c | 14
2
[½]
9. If the side AB and BC of a parallelogram ABCD are represented as vectors AB = 2iˆ 4ˆj 5kˆ
and BC = ˆi 2ˆj 3k,
ˆ then find the unit vector along diagonal AC. [CBSE 2021 C]
Sol.
D C
A B
| AC | = 9 36 4 = 49 = 7
AC
Required unit vector along diagonal AC = ±
| AC |
126 E
10. Find a vector r equally inclined to the three axes and whose magnitude is 3 3 units. [CBSE 2020]
OR
Find the angle between unit vectors a and b so that 3a b is also a unit vector.
Sol. Let be the angle made by vector with coordinate axes.
Then r 3 3 ( ˆi + mjˆ + nk)
ˆ ( | r | 3 3 )
1
2 + m2 + n2 = 1 3.cos2= 1 cos = ± [1]
3
ˆi ˆj kˆ
r 3 3 ± ± ± or r ±3 ˆi + ˆj+ kˆ [1]
3 3 3
OR
Given, a & b are unit vectors i.e. | a | 1 | b|
2
and 3a b 1 3a b 1
( 3a b).( 3a b) 1 ( a.a = | a |2 )
3 3
or a .b = | a | | b | cos = ( a.b = | a | | b |cos ) [1]
2 2
3
cos = [1]
2 6
11. Show that the points A( 2iˆ 3jˆ ˆ B(iˆ
5k), 2ˆj ˆ and C(7iˆ
3k) ˆ are collinear.[CBSE 2019]
k)
OR
Find | a b | , if a 2iˆ ˆj 3kˆ and b 3iˆ 5jˆ 2kˆ .
AC 3·AB
AC AB but A is common in both AC and AB
12. If is the angle between two vectors ˆi 2ˆj 3kˆ and 3iˆ 2ˆj kˆ , find sin. [CBSE 2018]
5 25
Hence, cos sin 1 cos2 1
7 49
24 2
Hence; sin 6 [1]
49 7
3 MARKS QUESTIONS
13. The two adjacent sides of a parallelogram are represented by vectors 2iˆ 4ˆj 5kˆ and ˆi – 2ˆj 3kˆ
Find the unit vector parallel to one of its diagonals. Also, find the area of the parallelogram.
OR
If a 2iˆ 2jˆ 3k,b
ˆ iˆ 2jˆ kˆ and c 3iˆ ˆj are such that the vector (a b) , is perpendicular
a b 22 2 112 11 5
128 E
OR
Given, a 2iˆ 2ˆj 3kˆ , b ˆi 2ˆj kˆ and c 3iˆ ˆj .
Given, a b is perpendicular to c .
a b c 0 a c b c 0 ab cc [1]
2iˆ 2jˆ 3kˆ 3iˆ ˆj [1]
ˆi 2jˆ kˆ 3iˆ ˆj
620
8 [1]
3 2 0
14. If a, b, c are three vectors such that a.b a.c and a b a c, a 0 , then show that b c .
OR
If | a | 3, | b | 5, | c | 4 and a b c 0, then find the value of (a.b b.c c.a). [CBSE 2021 C]
or b c 0 or a (b c)
b c or a (b c) …..(1) [1]
or a (b c) 0 and a 0
(b c) 0 or a || (b c)
b c or a || (b c) …..(2) [1]
From (1) and (2) ; we get b c [ a cannot be both and || to ( b c ) simultaneously] [1]
OR
Given that | a | 3, | b | 5, | c | 4 & a b c 0
| a b c | 2 (a b c).(a b c) = 0 [ | a | 2 a.a] [1]
| a | 2 a.b a.c b.a | b | 2 b.c c.a c.b | c |2 = 0 [1]
9 + 25 + 16 + 2 (a.b b.c c.a) = 0 [ a ·b b·a ]
E 129
4 MARKS QUESTIONS
15. The scalar product of the vector a ˆi + ˆj + kˆ with a unit vector along the sum of the vectors
b 2iˆ + 4jˆ – 5kˆ and c ˆi + 2jˆ + 3kˆ is equal to 1. Find the value of and hence find the unit
vector along b + c . [CBSE 2019]
Sol. a ˆi + ˆj + kˆ , b 2iˆ + 4jˆ – 5kˆ and c ˆi + 2jˆ + 3kˆ
b+c ˆi(2 + ) + 6jˆ 2kˆ d (let) [½]
ˆi(2 + ) + 6jˆ 2kˆ
Unit vector along d = ±
(2 + ) 2 + 62 + ( 2) 2
ˆi(2 ) 6jˆ 2kˆ
(iˆ ˆj k).
ˆ 1 a . d = 1 ) [1]
(2 )2 62 ( 2) 2
(2 + ) + 6 2 (2 + ) 2 + 36 + 4 6 + = 4 + 4 + 2 + 40
36 + 2 + 12 = 44 + 4+ 2 or 8 = 8 = 1 [1½]
Unit vector along b + c
ˆi(2 + ) + 6ˆj 2kˆ 3iˆ + 6ˆj 2kˆ 3iˆ + 6ˆj 2kˆ
=± =± =± [ = 1] [1]
(2 + ) 2 + 62 + (–2) 2 9 + 36 + 4 7
130 E
CHAPTER-11 : THREE DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY
1. INTRODUCTION :
In earlier classes we have learnt about points, lines, circles and conic section in two dimensional
geometry. In two dimensions a point represented by an ordered pair (x, y) (where x & y are both
real numbers)
In this chapter, we shall study the direction cosines and direction ratios of a line joining two
points and also discuss about the equations of lines in space under different conditions, angle
between two lines, shortest distance between two skew lines.
2. RECTANGULAR CO-ORDINATE SYSTEM :
In cartesian system of three lines which are mutually perpendicular, such a system is called
rectangular cartesian co-ordinate system. z x'
Co-ordinate axes and co-ordinate planes :
When three mutually perpendicular planes intersect at a point, then y' O y
mutually perpendicular lines are obtained and these lines also pass
through that point. If we assume the point of intersection as origin,
then the three planes are known as co-ordinate planes and the three
x
lines are known as co-ordinate axes. z'
Octants : Every plane bisects the space. Hence three co-ordinate plane divide the space in eight
parts. These parts are known as octants.
3. DIRECTION COSINES AND DIRECTION RATIOS OF A LINE
(i) Direction cosines of line : If a directed line L, passing the origin
Z
makes angles , and with x, y and z-axes respectively called
direction angels, then cosines of these angles namely cos ,
cos and cos are called direction cosines of the line L and it is
O
denoted by , m & n respectively. Y
Direction cosine of x-axis are 1, 0, 0
Direction cosine of y-axis are 0, 1, 0 X
Direction cosine of z-axis are 0, 0, 1
(ii) Direction ratios : Any three real numbers a, b, c proportional to direction cosines , m, n
m n
are called direction ratios of the line. i.e. .
a b c
(iii) Relation between D.C's & D.R's :
m n
a b c
2
m2 n 2 2
m2 n 2
a 2 b2 c2 a 2 b2 c2
a b c
; m= ;n=
a b c
2 2 2
a b c
2 2 2
a b2 c2
2
E 131
(iv) Relation between the direction cosines of a line : Consider a line RS with direction
cosines l, m, n. Through the origin draw a line parallel to the given line and take a point
P(x, y, z) on the line. From P draw a perpendicular PA on
the x-axis (figure). Z S
R
OA x P(x, y, z)
Let OP = r. Then cos = . This gives x = lr.
OP r
Y
Similarly, y = mr and z = nr P
A
Thus x2 + y2 + z2 = r2 (l2 + m2 + n2) O
X A
2 2 2 2
But x +y +z =r
Hence l2 + m2 + n2 = 1
(v) Direction ratio and direction cosines of a line passing through two points :
Let two points be P(x1,y1, z1) and Q(x2,y2,z2)
Let ,m,n be the direction cosines of the line PQ and let it makes angles . and with the
x, y and z-axis, respectively.
Draw perpendiculars from P and Q to XY-plane to meet at R and S. Draw a perpendicular
from P to QS to meet at N. Now, in right angle triangle PNQ, PQN =
Note : The direction ratios of the line segment joining P(x1, y1, z1) and Q(x2, y2,z2) may be taken as
a = x2 – x1, b = y2 – y1, c = z2 – z1 or a = x1 – x2, b = y1 – y2, c = z1 – z2
Illustration 1: If a line makes angles 120°, 60° and 45° with the x, y and z axis respectively, find its
direction cosines.
Solution: Given that = 120°, = 60° and = 45°
Required direction cosines are :
1 1 1
l = cos = cos 120° = ; m = cos = cos 60° = ; n = cos = cos 45° =
2 2 2
Illustration 2: Find the direction cosines of the line which passing through the points (1,–2, 2) and
(3,–5,–4).
Solution: Let P = (1,–2, 2) and Q = (3, – 5, – 4).
Direction ratio a = x2 – x1, b = y2 – y1, c = z2 – z1
a = (3 – 1), b = (–5 + 2), c = (– 4 – 2) a = 2, b = –3, c = –6
a b c
Now, l , m ,n
a b c
2
a b c
2 2
a b2 c2
2 2 2 2
2 2 3 3
l , m ,
(2) (–3) (6)
2 2 2 7 (2) (–3) (6)
2 2 2 7
6 6
n
(2)2 (–3)2 (6)2 7
2 3 6
Direction cosines of the line is , , .
7 7 7
132 E
4. EQUATION OF A LINE IN SPACE
A line is uniquely determined if
(i) it passes through a given point and has given direction.
(ii) it passes through two given points.
Equation of a line through a given point and parallel to a given vector : Let a be the position
vector of the given point A with respect to the origin O of the rectangular coordinate system. Let
l be the line which passes through the point A and is parallel to a given vector b .
Let r be the position vector of an arbitrary point P on the line (figure). Z b
Then AP is parallel to the vector b , l
P
A
i.e., AP = b , where is some real number.
a r
But AP OP OA
O Y
i.e. b= r – a X
Conversely, for each value of the parameter , this equation gives the position vector of a point
P on the line.
Hence, the vector equation of the line is given by
r =a + b .....(1)
Derivation of cartesian form from vector form : Let the coordinates of the given point A be
(x1, y1, z1) and the direction ratios of the line be a, b, c.
Consider the coordinates of any point P be (x, y, z).
Then r xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ ; a x ˆi y ˆj z kˆ and b aiˆ bjˆ ckˆ
1 1 1
xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ x1ˆi y1ˆj z1kˆ (x 2 x1)iˆ (y 2 y1)ˆj (z 2 z1)kˆ
x1 = 5, y1 = –3, z1 = –6 ; a = 2, b = 4, c = 2 Z
Thus the required line passes through the point
(5, –3, –6) and is parallel to the vector 2iˆ 4ˆj 2kˆ .
If r be the position vector of any point on the line Q L2
134 E
5. ANGLE BETWEEN TWO LINES
We find the angle between two lines when their equations are given. If is acute the angle
b1 .b 2
between the lines r = a1 + b1 and r = a 2 + b2 then cos =
b1 b 2
If instead of direction ratios for the lines L1 and L2, direction cosines, namely, l1, m1, n1 for L1
and l2, m2, n2 for L2 are given, then (1) and (2) takes the following form:
cos = |l1 l2 + m1 m2+ n1 n2| (as l12 +m12 +n12 = l22 + m22 +n22 )
Solution. The given lines are parallel to the vectors 2iˆ 1jˆ 2kˆ and 6iˆ 3jˆ 2kˆ respectively,
Therefore their direction numbers are < 2, 1, 2, > and < 6, 3, 2 >
Hence the acute angle between these lines is given by
2 6 1 3 2 2 a1a 2 b1b 2 c1c 2
cos cos
22 12 22 62 32 22 a12 b12 c12 a 22 b 22 c 22
19 19
cos cos1
21 21
E 135
Illustration-6 : Find the angle between the lines whose direction cosines are given by the equations
3 + m + 5n = 0, 6mn – 2n + 5m = 0.
Solution Given equations 3l + m + 5n = 0 .....(1)
6 mn – 2 n + 5 m = 0 .....(2)
either = – 2n or = –n
m=n or m = – 2n from (iii)
Direction numbers of the two lines are
< –2n, n, n > and < –n, –2n, n >
i.e., < –2, 1, 1 > and < –1, –2, 1 >
if is the acute angle between the lines, then
(2) (–1) 1 (–2) 1 1 1 1
cos cos1
4 11 1 4 1 6 6
Illustration 7 : Find the equations of the two lines through the origin which intersect the line
x3 y3 z
at angles of .
2 1 1 3
x3 y3 z0
Solution : Given line, = t (say) .... (1)
2 1 1
Any point on the line (1) is P(3 + 2t, 3 + t, t)
Direction numbers of OP are
< 3 + 2t – 0, 3 + t – 0, t – 0 > , i.e., < 3 + 2t, 3 + t, t >
Since OP makes angle of with the given line (1) therefore
3
2 (3 2t) 1 (3 t) 1t
cos
3 6 (3 2t)2 (3 t) 2 t 2
1 6t 9
2 6 6t 2 18t 18
6(6t2 + 18t + 18) = 4(36t2 + 108t + 81)
t2 + 3t + 2 = 0 t = –1 or t = –2
Substituting values of t, P(1, 2, –1) and (–1, 1, –2)
x0 y0 z0 x0 y0 z0
Required line , , and .
1 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 0
x y z x y z
and
1 2 1 1 1 2
136 E
7. SHORTEST DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO LINES
If two lines in space intersect at a point, then obviously the shortest distance between them is
zero. Lines which do not intersect & are also not parallel are called skew lines. In other words the
lines which are not coplanar are skew lines
(A) DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO SKEW LINES
r a1 b1 ……(1)
l1 and l2 , then it being perpendicular to both b1 and b2 , the unit vector n̂ along PQ would
therefore be
b1 b 2
n̂ ……(3)
| b1 b 2 |
Then, PQ dnˆ
where, d is the magnitude of the shortest distance vector. Let be the angle between ST and PQ .
Then, PQ = ST |cos|
ˆ a 2 a1
But cos
PQ.ST
| PQ || ST |
d n.
dST
since ST a 2 a1
b b . a
1 2 2 a1
[Form (3)]
ST b1 b2
d = PQ = ST | cos | or d
b b . a
1 2 2 a1
b1 b2
E 137
x x1 y y1 z z1
Cartesian form : The shortest distance between the lines 1 : and
a1 b1 c1
x 2 x1 y 2 y1 z 2 z1
a1 b1 c1
x x 2 y y2 z z 2 a2 b2 c2
2 : is
a2 b2 c2 b1c2 b2c1 c1a 2 c2a1 a1b2 a 2b1
2 2 2
Illustration 8 : Find the shortest distance between the lines r (4iˆ ˆj) (iˆ 2ˆj 3k)
ˆ and
r (iˆ ˆj 2k) µ(2iˆ 4ˆj 5k)
ˆ
Solution: We known, the shortest distance between the lines r a1 b1 and r a 2 b2 is given
(a 2 a1 ).(b1 b2 )
by d =
| b1 b2 |
Comparing the given equation with the equations r a1 b1 and r a 2 b2 respectively,
(a 2 a1 ).(b1 b2 ) 6 6
Shortest distance d = units.
| b1 b2 | 5 5
x 8 y 9 z 10
Illustration 9 : Find the shortest distance between the lines and
3 16 7
x 15 y 29 z 5
. Also find the equations of the shortest distance.
3 8 5
x 8 y 9 z 10
Solution: Given lines are = t (say) ...(1)
3 16 7
x 15 y 29 z 5
And = s (say) ...(2)
3 8 5
Any point on (i) is M (8 + 3t, –9 – 16t, 10 + 7t) and any point on (ii) is N (15 + 3 s, 29 + 8 s, 5 – 5 s).
Direction numbers of MN are <15 + 3s – 8 – 3t, 29 + 8s + 9 + 16t, 5 – 5s – 10 – 7t >
i.e., < 7 + 3s – 3t, 38 + 8s + 16t, –5 – 5s – 7t >.
Now |MN| will be shortest distance between (1) and (2) iff MN is perpendicular to both
(1) and (2),
138 E
i.e., iff 3(7 + 3s – 3t) + (–16) (38 + 8s + 16t) + 7(–5 – 5s – 7t) = 0
and 3(7 + 3s – 3t) + 8(38 + 8s + 16t) + (–5) (–5 – 5s – 7t) = 0
i.e., iff –154s – 314t – 622 = 0, i.e., 77s + 157t + 311 = 0 …..(3)
and 98s + 154t + 350 = 0, i.e. 7s + 11t + 25 = 0 .....(4)
On solving (iii) and (iv) simultaneously, we get
t = –1 and s = –2. t = –1, gives M(5, 7, 3) and s = –2 gives N(9, 13, 15).
The shortest distance between the given lines = (9 5)2 (13 7)2 (15 3)2
= 16 36 144 196 14 .
where n̂ is the unit vector perpendicular to the plane of the lines l1 and l2.
But ST a 2 a1
Therefore, from (3), we get
b a 2 a1 | b | PT nˆ (Since PT = ST sin)
7
(iˆ 4jˆ 9k)
ˆ (iˆ ˆj k)
ˆ
2 2 2
1 4 9
ˆi ˆj kˆ
(iˆ 4ˆj 9k)
ˆ (iˆ ˆj k)
ˆ = 1 4 9 = 5iˆ 8jˆ 3kˆ
1 1 1
7 ˆ 7 52 82 32
5i 8jˆ 3kˆ 7 units .
98 98
140 E
EXERCISE-I
Choose the correct option :
1 1
(A) k > 0 (B) 0 < k < 1 (C) k = 1 (D) k = or
3 3
3. A line makes an angle of 135° with the positive direction of the x-axis, and an angle of 300°
with the positive direction of the y-axis. Which of the following could be the angle it makes
(A) 45°
(B) 60°
x y z x y z
4. Two lines and are mutually :
1 2 3 5 10 15
19 20 21 21
(A) cos 1 (B) cos 1 (C) cos 1 (D) cos 1
21 21 19 20
6. The vector equation of the line through the points (3, 4, –7) and (1, –1, 6) is
7. The coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the point (2, 5, 7) on the x-axis are
given by.
E 141
x 3 y 2 z 1
8. The straight line is
3 1 0
9. P is point on the line segment joining the points (3, 2, –1) and (6, 2, –2). If x co-ordinate of P is
10. The position vector of a point A in space such a OA is inclined at 60° to OX and at 45° to OY
and | OA | = 10 units.
(A) 5iˆ 5 2ˆj 5kˆ (B) 5iˆ 5 2ˆj 5kˆ (C) 5iˆ 5 2ˆj 5kˆ (D) 5iˆ 2ˆj 5kˆ
ANSWER KEY
Q. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans. D D B D A A C D D B
142 E
SOLUTIONS
1. (D) Required distance = ( 0)2 ( )2 ( 0)2 2 2
2. (D) Since, direction cosines of a line are k, k and k.
= k, m = k and n = k
We know that, 2 + m2 + n2 = 1
1 1
k2 + k2 + k2 = 1 k2 = k = ±
3 3
3. (B) 60º
Let = 135°, = 300° and =
cos2 + cos2 + cos2 = 1
cos2 135° + cos2300° + cos2 = 1
2 2
1 1 3 1
2 cos 1 cos 1 4 4
2 2
2
1
cos 60° or 120°
2
1 2 3 1
4. (D) Since
5 10 15 5
19
= cos 1
21
6. (A) We know that, vector equation of a line passes through two points is represented by
r a (b a)
So, the required equation is r 3iˆ 4ˆj 7kˆ (2iˆ 5jˆ 13k)
ˆ
E 143
7. (C) When we draw a perpendicular from point (x1, y1, z1) on x-axis then coordinates of foot of
is (x1, 0, 0).
Then coordinates of foot of from (2, 5, 7) is (2, 0, 0).
8. (D) Direction ratio's of
x-axis are 1, 0, 0
y-axis are 0, 1, 0
z-axis are 0, 0, 1
and direction ratio's of line are 3, 1, 0
Here 0 × 3 + 0 × + 1 × 0 = 0
Hence It is perpendicular to z-axis.
9. (D) 2 is the correct answer. Let P divides the line segment in the ratio of : 1, x-coordinate of
6 3 6 3
the point P may be expressed as x = giving = 5 so that = 2. Thus y
1 1
2 2
coordinate of P is 2.
1
10. (B) Since , OA is inclined at 60° to OX and at 45° to OY. Let OA makes angle with OZ.
cos2 60° + cos2 45° + cos2 = 1
2 2
1 1
cos 1
2
[ l2 + m2 + n2 = 1]
2
2
1 1 1 1
cos 2 1 cos 2 1
4 2 2 4
6 1
cos 2 1 cos 2
8 4
1
cos cos 60 = 60°
2
1 1 ˆ 1 ˆ 1 1 ˆ 1 ˆ
OA | OA | ˆi j k 10 ˆi j k
| OA | 10
2 2 2 2 2 2
144 E
EXERCISE-II
1. Write the direction cosines of a line equally inclined to the three coordinate axes
2. The x-coordinate of a point on the line joining the points P(2, 2, 1) and Q(5, 1, –2) is 4. Find its
z-coordinate.
coordinates of A are (x1, y1, z1) and r is the position vector of a point (x, y, z) on AB.
the distance between them is the shortest? Find the shortest possible distance between them.
9. Find the vector and Cartesian equations of the line passing through the point (2, 1, 3) and
x 1 y 2 z 3 x y z
perpendicular to the lines and .
1 2 3 3 2 5
10. Find the length and the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the point (2, –1, 5) to the line
x 11 y 2 z 8
.
10 4 11
E 145
CASE STUDY
11. Two motorcycles A and B are running at the speed more than allowed speed on the road along
(ii) Find the point at which motorcycles will meet with an accident.
146 E
SOLUTIONS
1. 2 + m2 + n2 = 1
given = m = n
3n2 = 1 n = ± .
1 1 1 1 1 1
d.c's are , , and , ,
3 3 3 3 3 3
1
2. P(2,2,1) R Q(5,1,–2)
and a 2 p, b2 1, c 2 r
If these given lines are perpendicular to each other, then
a1a 2 b1b2 c1c 2 0
pp 1 rr 0
or pp rr 1 0
which is the required condition.
E 147
4. The equation of the given lines are
x 1 y 2 z 3
= (say) …..(1)
2 3 4
x 4 y 1 z 0
…..(2)
5 2 1
Any point on the line (i) is P(2 + 1, 3 + 2, 4 + 3) and
Any point on the line (ii) is Q(5 + 4, 2 + 1, )
if the lines (i) and (ii) intersect then P and Q must coincide for some particular values of and .
This gives, 2 + 1 = 5 + 4, 3 + 2 = 2+ 1 and 4 + 3 =
2 – 5 = 3 …..(3)
3 – 2 = –1 …..(4)
4 – = –3 …..(5)
On solving (iii) and (iv), we get : = –1 and = –1
These values of and also satisfy (v)
Hence, the given lines intersect.
Putting = –1, we get P(–1, –1, –1)
Note that putting = –1, we get Q(–1, –1, –1)
Hence, the point of intersection of the given lines is (–1, –1, –1)
5. The equations of the line are 6x – 12 = 3y + 9 = 2z – 2, which, when written in standard
x 2 y (3) z 1
symmetric form, will be
1 1 1
6 3 2
a1 b1 c1
Since, lines are parallel, we have
a 2 b2 c2
1 1 1
Hence, the required direction ratios are , , or(1, 2, 3)
6 3 2
1 2 3
and the required direction cosines are , ,
14 14 14
6. (i) Expands the vector form to get the following:
xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ (x1 x1)iˆ (y1 2y1)jˆ (z1 3z1)kˆ
Eliminates by equating the like coefficients of the position vectors of the x, y and z axes
to get the Cartesian equation as follows:
x x1 y y1 z z1
x1 2y1 3z1
148 E
(ii) Assumes the coordinates of B as (x2, y2, z2) and compares the Cartesian form of the
equations from step 2 with the regular form of the Cartesian equations to find:
x2 – x1 = x1; y2 – y1 = 2y1 , z2 – z1 = 3z1
x2 = 2x1, y2 = 3y1 and z2 = 4z1
Substitutes values x1 = –2, y1 = 5 and z1 = –3 in the equations from step 3 to get
coordinates of B as (–4, 15, –12).
7. The given lines are non-parallel lines. There is a unique line-segment PQ (P lying on one and Q
on the other, which is at right angles to both the lines. PQ is the shortest distance between the
lines. Hence, the shortest possible distance between the insects = PQ
The position vector of P lying on the line r 6iˆ 2 ˆj 2kˆ (iˆ 2 ˆj 2k)
ˆ
E 149
ˆi ˆj kˆ
b (a 2 a1 ) 2 3 4 ˆi(6 8) ˆj(4 4) k(4
ˆ 3)
1 2 2
b (a 2 a1 ) 2iˆ 0jˆ kˆ
| b (a 2 a1 ) | 4 1 5
| b (a 2 a1 ) | 5
D units
|b| 29
9. Let direction ratios of line L which passes through the point (2, 1, 3) are a1, a2, a3.
x 1 y 2 z 3 x y z
Given lines are L1 and L 2
1 2 3 3 2 5
line L L1
a1 + 2a2 + 3a3 = 0 .......(1)
and line L L2
– 3a1+ 2a2 + 5a3 = 0 ......(2)
from equation (1) and (2)
a1 a a a a a a a a
2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
10 6 9 5 2 6 4 14 8 2 7 4
x 2 y 1 z 3
So, Cartesian equation of required line is
2 7 4
and vector equation of line is r 2iˆ ˆj 3kˆ 2iˆ 7ˆj 4kˆ
x 11 y 2 z 8
10. Given equation of line is = (say) .....(1)
10 4 11
Let N be the foot of perpendicular from the point P(2, –1, 5) to the line (1)
Coordinates of N are (10+ 11, –4– 2, –11– 8)
Direction ratios of PN are :
10+ 11 – 2, –4– 2 + 1, –11– 8 – 5 = 10+ 9, –4– 1, –11– 13
and direction ratios of line (1) are 10, –4, –11. Since PN to line (1)
10(10+ 9) – 4(–4– 1) –11(–11– 13) = 0 [a1a2 + b1b2 + c1c2 = 0]
150 E
11. (i) Here, a1 0iˆ 0ˆj 0kˆ , a2 3iˆ 3jˆ ,
b1 ˆi 2ˆj kˆ , b2 2iˆ ˆj kˆ
a2 a1 3iˆ 3jˆ
ˆi ˆj kˆ
and b1 b2 1 2 1 3iˆ 3ˆj 3kˆ
2 1 1
=9–9=0
Hence, distance between the lines is 0.
x0 y0 z0 x 3 y 3 z 0
(ii) Cartesian form = and =
1 2 1 2 1 1
x = ……(1) , x = 2 + 3 …..(4)
y = 2 ……(2), y=+3 …..(5)
z = – ……(3), z= …..(6)
Solving the equation, we get :
= –1 and = 1
so, x = 1, y = 2, z = –1
Since the point (1, 2, –1) satisfy both the equations of lines, therefore point of intersection
of given lines is (1, 2, –1).
So, the motorcycles will meet with an accident at the point (1, 2, –1).
E 151
NCERT IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
1. Find the distance between the lines l1 and l2 given by [Example 10]
1 x 7y 14 z 3 7 7x y 5 6 z
2. Find the values of p so that the lines and are at right
3 2p 2 3p 1 5
angles [Ex.11.2, Q.10]
x 1 y 1 z 1 x 3 y 5 z 7
3. Find the shortest distance between the lines and
7 6 1 1 2 1
[Ex.11.2, Q.13]
4. Find the shortest distance between the lines whose vector equations are [Ex.11.2, Q.15]
x 1 y 2 z – 3 x 1 y 1 z – 6
5. If the lines and are perpendicular, find the value of k.
3 2k 2 3k 1 5
[Misc.Ex., Q.3]
6. Find the vector equation of the line passing through the point (1, 2, – 4) and perpendicular to the
x 8 y 19 z 10 x 15 y 29 z 5
two lines: and . [Misc.Ex., Q.5]
3 16 7 3 8 5
ANSWER KEY
293 70
1. units 2. p
7 11
8
3. 2 29 units 4. units
29
5. k
10
7
units 6.
r ˆi 2ˆj 4kˆ 2iˆ 3ˆj 6kˆ
152 E
PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
1 MARK QUESTIONS
1. The coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the point (2, –3, 4) on the y-axis is?
[CBSE 2020]
(A) (2, 3, 4) (B) (–2, –3, –4) (C) (0, –3, 0) (D) (2, 0, 4)
Sol. (C) The coordinates of foot of perpendicular on y-axis from the point (2, –3, 4) is (0, –3, 0) [1]
2. Find the direction cosines of a line which makes equal angles with the coordinate axes. [CBSE 2019]
OR
A line passes through the point with position vector 2iˆ ˆj 4kˆ and is in the direction of the
Sol. Let line makes angles , , with OX, OY, OZ axes with its dc's , m, n respectively
Given, = =
2 + m2 + n2 = 1 cos2 + cos2 + cos2 = 1
3cos2 = 1 ( = = )
1 1
or cos2 = cos = ±
3 3
1 1 1 1 1 1
Direction cosines are , , or , , [1]
3 3 3 3 3 3
OR
Since line passes through the point (2, –1, 4) and its direction ratios are 1, 1, –2;
x 2 y 1 z 4
Equation of line in cartesian form is : [1]
1 1 2
3 MARKS QUESTIONS
1 x y – 3 z x 4 2y – 2
3. Show that the lines and = z – 1 are coplanar. [CBSE 2022]
2 4 –1 3 4
1 x y 3 z x 4 2y 2
Sol. Given equation of lines are and z 1
2 4 1 3 4
x 1 y 3 z 0 x 4 y 1 z 1
and
2 4 1 3 2 1
In vector form, both the lines can be expressed as :
r ˆi 3jˆ 2iˆ 4ˆj kˆ and r 4iˆ ˆj kˆ 3iˆ 2ˆj kˆ
E 153
On comparing it with r a1 b1 and r a2 b2 ;
The given lines are coplanar if a 2 a1 b1 b2 0
Now; a 2 a1 4iˆ ˆj kˆ ˆi 3jˆ 3iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ
ˆi ˆj kˆ
and b1 b2 2 4 1 = ˆi 4 2 ˆj 2 3 kˆ 4 12 2iˆ ˆj 8kˆ [1]
3 2 1
Now, a 2 a1 b1 b2 3iˆ 2ˆj kˆ 2iˆ ˆj 8kˆ = 6 + 2 – 8 = 0
and r (– ˆi – ˆj – k)
ˆ (7iˆ 6 ˆj k)
ˆ
ˆi ˆj kˆ
Now; a2 – a1 4iˆ 6jˆ 8kˆ , b1 b2 1 –2 1 4iˆ 6ˆj 8kˆ [1]
7 –6 1
(a 2 – a1 ).(b1 b2 )
distance between lines is given by d
| b1 b 2 |
116
or d 116 units [1]
116
154 E
4 MARKS QUESTIONS
5. Find the shortest distance between the lines : [CBSE 2020]
ˆ and r 3iˆ 2ˆj 4kˆ (4iˆ ˆj 3k)
r 2iˆ ˆj kˆ (3iˆ 2ˆj 5k) ˆ
Here; a1 2iˆ ˆj kˆ , b1 3iˆ 2jˆ 5kˆ , a 2 3iˆ 2jˆ 4kˆ , b2 4iˆ ˆj 3kˆ [1]
ˆi ˆj kˆ
a 2 a1 ˆi 3jˆ 5kˆ and b1 b2 3 2 5
4 1 3
b1 b2 = – ˆi 11jˆ 5kˆ
a 2 a1 b1 b 2
S.D. [1]
b1 b 2
=
ˆi 3jˆ 5kˆ ˆi 11jˆ 5kˆ
147
1 33 25 7
= units [1]
147 147
6. Find the shortest distance between the lines r (4iˆ ˆj) (iˆ 2ˆj 3k)
ˆ and
r (iˆ ˆj 2k)
ˆ µ(2iˆ 4ˆj 5k)
ˆ . [CBSE 2018]
ˆi ˆj kˆ
a 2 a1 –3iˆ 2kˆ and b1 b 2 1 2 3 [1]
2 4 5
b1 b2 2iˆ ˆj b1 b2 5
E 155
5 MARKS QUESTIONS
7. Find the shortest distance between the following lines : [CBSE 2021 C]
x 1 y 1 z 1 x 3 y5 z 7
and
7 6 1 1 2 1
x 1 y 1 z 1
Sol. The given lines are ….(1)
7 6 1
x 3 y 5 z 7
and ….(2)
1 2 1
Line (1) passes through point (–1, –1, –1) with its dr's 7, –6, 1 and line (2) passes through point
(3, 5, 7) with its dr's 1, – 2, 1
So, vector equation of lines (i) and (ii) are :
r1 = ˆi ˆj kˆ 7iˆ 6jˆ kˆ and r2 = 3iˆ 5jˆ 7kˆ ˆi 2jˆ kˆ [½]
Here; a1 = –iˆ ˆj k,
ˆ b = 7iˆ 6ˆj kˆ ,
1
ˆi ˆj kˆ
and b1 × b2 = 7 6 1 4iˆ 6jˆ 8kˆ [1]
1 2 1
S.D. =
b b . a
1 2 2 a1
=
4iˆ 6jˆ 8kˆ .4iˆ 6jˆ 8kˆ [2]
b1 b2 2 29
116 58
= 2 29 units [½]
2 29 29
156 E
CHAPTER-12 : LINEAR PROGRAMMING
1. INTRODUCTION :
With the help of linear programming models, a decision maker can most efficiently and
effectively employ his production factor and limited resources to get maximum profit at
minimum cost. He can also take quick decisions which are important in modern times because
any delay or postponement in it may give advantage to other organizations.
Linear programming : Linear programming is a method of determining a particular programme
or plan of action to optimize (maximize or minimize).
Linear programming problem (L.P.P.) : It is a problem of finding optimal (maximum or
minimum) value of a linear function subject to certain restrictions (constraints) determined by a
set of linear inequations with variables as non-negative.
E 157
(i) Bounded feasible region :
Y
Constrains are :
(0,12) x + 3y 12
3x + y 12
x 0, y 0
(0,4)
bounded
O X
(4,0) (12,0)
Y
Constrains are :
2x + y 8
x + 2y 10
x 0, y 0
B(0,8) unbounded
D
(0,5)
E
O X
A(0,4) C(10,0)
x+2y = 10
2x + y = 8
(f) Corner point of a feasible region : Corner points of a feasible region are points of
intersection of two boundary lines.
E 159
Illustration 2 : Minimize Z = 5x + 4y
Subject to constraints :
200x + 100y 4000 , x + 2y 50, 40x + 40y 1400 and x, y 0
Solution : Minimize Z = 5x + 4y
Subject to constraints :
200x + 100y 4000 , x + 2y 50, 40x + 40y 1400 and x, y 0
Now plot the straight lines on the graph and decide the feasible region after that find corner
points of feasible region.
Corner points of feasible region are A(0, 40), B(5, 30), C(20, 15), D(50, 0)
Y
45
40 A(0, 40)
35
30 B(5, 30)
25
20
C(20,15)
15
10
5
D(50,0)
O X
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
x + 2y = 50
5x + 4y = 145
200x + 100y = 4000 40x + 40y = 1400
Corner Points Z = 5x + 4y
A(0,40) 160
B(5,30) 145 (min.)
C(20,15) 160
D(50,0) 250
Since the feasible region is unbounded. So we draw the graph of inequality 5x + 4y < 145 and
obtain open half plane. Here open half plane has no common point with feasible region.
Thus, the minimum value of Z is 145 attained at the point (5, 30).
160 E
EXERCISE–I
1. Objective of linear programming for an objective function is to
(A) maximize or minimize (B) maximize (C) minimize (D) can't be said
2. In linear programming, objective function and objective constraints are
(A) solved (B) linear (C) quadratic (D) adjacent
3. A feasible solution of a LPP if it also optimizes the objective function is called :
(A) Optimal feasible solution (B) Optimal solution
(C) Feasible solution (D) None of these
4. Region represented by the in equation system x + y 13, y 6, x 0, y 0 is
(A) Unbounded in first quadrant (B) Unbounded in first and second quadrant
(C) Bounded in first quadrant (D) None of these
5. LPP theory states that the optimal solution to any problem will lie at
(A) the origin (B) a corner point of feasible region
(C) the highest point of the feasible region (D) the lowest point of the feasible region
6. Consider the following LPP :
Maximize : Z = 12 x + 10 y
Subject to : 4x + 3y 480
2x + 3y 360
x, y 0
Value of Z will be maximum at
(A) (120, 0) (B) (60, 80) (C) (100, 80) (D) (60, 100)
7. The graph of x 2 and y 2 will be situated in the
(A) first and second quadrant (B) second and third quadrant
(C) first and third quadrant (D) third and fourth quadrant
8. Corner points of the feasible region determined by the system of linear constraints are (0, 3),
(1, 1) and (3, 0). Let Z = px + qy, where p, q > 0. Condition on p and q, so that the minimum of Z
occurs at (3, 0) and(l, 1) is
q
(A) p = 2q (B) p = (C) p = 3q (D) p = q
2
9. The point at which the maximum value of x + y, subject to the constraints x + 2y 70,
2x + y 95, x, y 0 is obtained, is
(A) (30, 25) (B) (20, 35) (C) (35, 20) (D) (40, 15)
E 161
ASSERTION-REASON BASED QUESTIONS
In the following questions, a statement of assertion (A) is followed by a statement of Reason (R).
Choose the correct answer out of the following choices.
(A) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
(B) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
(C) A is true but R is false.
(D) A is false but R is true.
10. Assertion (A) : For an objective function Z = 15x + 20y, corner points are (0, 0), (10, 0), (0, 15)
and (5, 5). Then optimal values are 300 and 0 respectively.
Reason (R) : The maximum or minimum value of an objective function is known as optimal
value of LPP. These values are obtained at corner points.
11. Assertion (A) : Maximum value of Z = 3x + 2y, subject to the constraint x + y 2; x 0; y 0
will be obtained at point (2, 0).
Reason (R) : In a bounded feasible region, it always exist a maximum and minimum value.
ANSWER KEY
Q. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans. A B A C B B A B D A
Q. No. 11
Ans. B
162 E
SOLUTIONS
1. (A) In linear programming, the objective for an objective function is to maximize or minimize.
2. (B) In linear programming ; objective function and objective constraints are linear in nature.
3. (A) A feasible solution of a LPP is called optimal feasible solution if it also optimizes the
objective function.
4. (C)
(0,13)
y=6
(0,6)
X' X
O (13,0)
x+y=13
Y'
5. (B) LPP theory states that the optimal solution to any problem will lie at a corner point of the
feasible region.
Corner–points Z=x+y
Y
O (0, 0) 0
A (120, 0) 1440
B (60, 80) 1520
C (0, 120) 1200
(0,120)C B(60,80)
X' X
(0,0)O (120,0)A
4x+3y=480 2x+3y=360
Y'
E 163
7. (A)
Y
y=2
X' X
O
Y' x=2
Hence ; as per the graph ; the region lies in the first and second quadrant.
8. (B) Given ; Z = px + qy
q
3p = p + q or p =
2
subject to x + 2y 70,
2x + y 95
x, y 0
Corner–points Z=x+y Y
O (0, 0) 0
95
A ,0 47.5
2
45
B (40, 15) 55 (0,35)C
C (0, 35) 35 B(40,15)
X' X
(0,0)O A
x+2y=70
2x+y=95
Y'
164 E
10. (A) Assertion : For the given objective function Z = 15x + 20y, the corner points table is given
below :
Corner Points Z = 15x + 20y
(0, 0) 0 (minimum)
(10, 0) 150
(0, 15) 300 (maximum)
(5, 5) 175
Optimal value (maximum or minimum) are 300 and 0 from the table.
Reason : The maximum or minimum value of an objective function is known as the optimal
value of LPP. This is obtained at corner points.
Hence, both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is the correct explanation of
Assertion.
B(0, 2)
A(2, 0)
X' X
O
Y' x + y 2
So, shaded portion is towards the origin.
The corner points of shaded region are O(0, 0), A(2, 0) and B(0, 2)
At point O(0, 0), Z = 3(0) + 2(0) = 0
At point A(2, 0), Z = 3(2) + 2(0) = 6 (Max.)
At point B(0, 2), Z = 3(0) + 2(2) = 4
Hence, maximum value of Z is 6 at point (2, 0). Hence both Assertion and Reason are true
but Reason is not the correct explanation of Assertion.
E 165
EXERCISE–II
1. Solve the linear programming problem graphically
Maximum profit Z = 22x + 18y
subject to constraints
x + y < 20
360 x + 240 y < 5,760
x, y 0
2. Solve the linear programming problem graphically
Maximize Z = 4x + 6y,
subject to constraints
3x + 2y 12,
x + y 4, x, y 0
3. Solve the linear programming problem graphically
Maximize Z = 7x + 11y,
subject to constraints
3x + 5y 26,
5x + 3y 30,
x 0, y 0
4. Maximize Z = 6x + 4y,
subject to constraints
x 2,
x + y 3,
–2x + y 1,
x 0, y 0
5. Maximize Z = 100x + 120y
subject to constraints
2x + 3y 30,
3x + y 17,
x 0; y 0
6. Maximize Z = 80 x + 120 y
subject to constraints
9x + 12y < 180,
x + 3y < 30 ,
x>0;y>0
166 E
7. Maximize Z = .1x + .09y
subject to constraints
x > 20,000
x + y < 50,000
y > 10,000
x>y
8. Minimize Z = 5 x + 7y
Subject to the constraints
2x + y 8
x + 2y 10
x, y 0
CASE STUDY
9. The feasible region for the LPP is shown below :
50
40
30
C
20 B
10
A
X
O 10 20 30 40 50 l2
l1
Based on the above information, answer the following questions and show your work :
(i) Find the corner points of the feasible region shown in above graph are :
E 167
SOLUTIONS
1. Maximum profit Z = 22x + 18y
subject to constraints
x + y < 20
360 x + 240 y < 5,760
Now plot the straight lines on the graph and find the corner points of feasible region.
Corner points of feasible region are Y
A(16,0), P(8,12), C(0,20) and O (0,0)
24 D(0,24)
Corner Points Z = 22x + 18y 20
O(0,0) 0 16
A(16,0) 352 12 P(8,12)
P(8,12) 392 8
C(0,20) 360 4 A(16,0)
C(20,0)
O X
Hence, Max. profit Z = Rs. 392 at P(8,12) 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
2. Maximize Z = 4x + 6y
subject to constraints
3x + 2y 12
x + y 4
x, y 0
Corner points of feasible region are Y
A(4,0), B(0,4) and C(0,6)
C (0,6)
Corner points Z = 4x+ 6y
A (4, 0) 16
B(0, 4) 24 (0,4)B
C(0, 6) 36
A
Hence, the maximum value of Z is 36 at (0, 6) X' X
O (4,0)
x+y=4
3x+2y=12
Y'
168 E
3. Maximize Z = 7x + 11y
subject to constraints
3x + 5y 26,
5x + 3y 30,
x, y 0
Corner points of feasible region are
Y
9 5 26
A(6,0), B , , C 0, and O (0,0)
2 2 5
(0,10)
Corner points Z = 7x+ 11y
O(0, 0) 0
A(6, 0) 42
C
9 5
B , 59
2 2
X' X
O (0, 0) (6,0) A
26 57.2
C 0, 3x+5y=26
5 5x+3y=30
Y'
9 5
Hence, the maximum value of Z is 59 at ,
2 2
4. Maximize Z = 6x + 4y
subject to constraints
x 2,
x +y 3,
–2x + y 1,
x, y 0
Corner points of feasible region are
Y
A(2,0), B(2,1), C 2 , 7 , D (0, 1) and O (0,0) 6
3 3
Corner Z = 6x+ 4y 5 (0,10) (2,5)
points 4
(3,0)
3
O (0, 0) ZO = 0
2 C
A(2, 0) ZA = 12 B(2,1)
1
B (2, 1) ZB = (6 × 2) + (4 × 1) = 16 (3,0)
X' X
O (0, 0) A (2,0) 4 5 6
2 7 40
C 2 , 7 ZC = 6 4
3 3 3 3 3
Y' x=2 x+y=2
D (0, 1) ZD = 4
E 169
5. Maximize Z = 100x + 120y
subject to constraints
2x + 3y 30
3x + y 17
x 0; y 0
Let us graph the inequalities. The feasible region determined by the system is shown in the fig.
Here, observe that the feasible region is bounded.
Corner points of feasible region are
Y
A(17/3,0), B(3,8), C(0,10) and O (0,0)
6. Maximize Z = 80 x + 120 y
subject to constraints
9x + 12y < 180
x + 3y < 30
x>0;y>0
Corner points of feasible region are Y
A(20,0), B(12,6), C(0,10) and O (0,0)
25
170 E
7. Maximize Z = .1x + .09y
subject to constraints
x > 20,000
x + y < 50,000
y > 10,000
x>y
x > 0, y > 0
Corner points of feasible region are
Y
A 20000, 10000 ,
x=20000
B 20000, 20000 ,
50000
C 25000, 25000 and
40000
D 40000, 10000
30000 B C
20000
Corner Points Z .1x .09y D
10000 y=10000
A 20000 , 10000 2900 A
X X
B 20000 , 20000 3800 (0, 0) O 10000 30000 50000
20000 40000
C 25000 , 25000 4750 x+y=50000
x=y
D 40000 , 10000 4900
Y'
E 171
50 40
9. (i) Corner points of the feasible region are O(0, 0), A (25,0), B , and C(0, 20)
3 3
(ii) Z = 6x + 3y
172 E
NCERT IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
1. Maximise Z = 5x + 3y subject to 3x + 5y 15, 5x + 2y 10, x 0, y 0. [Ex.12.1, Q.3]
[Ex.12.1, Q.7]
[Ex.12.1, Q.9]
ANSWER KEY
235 20 45
1. Maximum value of Z = at ,
19 19 19
3 1
2. Minimum value of Z = 7 at ,
2 2
4. The minimum value of Z = 300 at (60, 0) and Maximum value of Z = 600 at all the points on the
5. No maximum value
E 173
PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
1 MARK QUESTIONS
18
15
(0,14)
12
9 D(7,7)
6 C(9,5)
(3,3)E
3
X' (9,0) 14,0) X
(0, 0) O A (3,0) B
3 6 9 12 15 18
y=x
Y' x=3 x=9 x+y=14
Hence ; the feasible region has 5 corner points including (7, 7) and (3, 3) [1]
2. A Linear Programming Problem is as follows : [CBSE 2022]
Maximise / Minimise objective function Z = 2x – y + 5
subject to the constraints :
3x + 4y 60,
x + 3y 30,
x 0, y 0
If the corner points of the feasible region are A(0, 10), B(12, 6), C(20, 0) and O(0,0); then which
of the following is true ?
(A) Maximum value of Z is 40
(B) Minimum value of Z is –5
(C) Difference of maximum and minimum values of Z is 35
(D) At two corner points, value of Z is equal
174 E
Sol. (B) Corner-points Z 2x y 5
A (0,10) 5
B (12, 6) 23
C (20, 0) 45
O (0, 0) 5
100
80 0,80)
60
(0,40)C
20 B(30,20)
60, 0)
X' X
(0, 0) O 20 A 60 80 100
(40, 0)
Y'
E 175
Sol. (B) Z = 4x + 3y
Corner points Z = 4x + 3y
P(0, 40) Z = 120
Q(30, 20) Z = 180
R(40, 0) Z = 160
0(0, 0) Z=0
Maximum value of Z is at Q.
5 MARKS QUESTIONS
5. Solve the following problem graphically :
Maximize Z = 3x + 9y
subject to the constraints : x + 3y 60,
x + y 10,
x y,
x 0, y 0 [CBSE 2021 C]
Sol. First of all, let us graph the feasible region of the system of linear inequalities given above. The
feasible region ABCD is shown in the Figure. Note that the region is bounded. The coordinates
20
of the corner points A, B, C and D are (0, 10), (5, 5), (15, 15) and (0, 20) respectively.
Y
25
D(0,20)
20
15 C(15,15)
10
5 B(5,5)
(10,0) (60,0)
X' X [2]
(0, 0) O 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
x+3y=60
x+y=10
Y'
Corner points Z = 3x + 9y
A (0, 10) 90
B (5, 5) 60
[2]
C(15, 15) 180 (Maximum)
D(0,20) 180 (Maximum)
Maximum value of Z is 180, which occurs at every point of the line segment joining the
points C and D. [1]
176 E
CHAPTER-13 : PROBABILITY
1. INTRODUCTION :
Probability gives us a measure of likelihood that something will happen. However probability
can never predict the number of times that an occurrence actually happens. But being able to
quantify the likely occurrence of an event is important because most of the decisions that affect
our daily lives are based on likelihoods and not on absolute certainties.
2. DEFINITIONS :
(a) Random experiment : An action or operation resulting in two or more well defined
outcomes. e.g. tossing a coin, throwing a die, drawing a card from a pack of well shuffled
playing cards etc.
(b) Sample space : A set S that consists of all possible outcomes of a random experiment is
called a sample space and each outcome is called a sample point. Often, there will be more
than one sample space that can describe outcomes of an experiment, but there is usually
only one that will provide the most information.
e.g. in an experiment of "throwing a die", following sample spaces are possible {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
(c) Event : An event is defined as an occurrence or situation, for example
(i) scoring a six on the throw of a die,
(ii) being dealt a hand of four cards which are all clubs.
In every case it is set of some or all possible outcomes of the experiment. Therefore
event (A) is subset of sample space (S). If outcome of an experiment is an element of A we
say that event A has occurred.
• An event consisting of a single point of S is called a simple or elementary event.
• is called impossible event and S (sample space) is called sure event.
Note : Probability of occurrence of an event A is denoted by P(A).
(d) Compound Event : If an event has more than one sample points it is called Compound
Event. If A & B are two given events then AB is called compound event and is denoted
by A B or AB or A & B.
(e) Complement of an event : The set of all outcomes which are in S but not in A is called the
complement of the event A & denoted by A , Ac, A' or ‘not A’.
(f) Mutually Exclusive Events : Two events are said to be Mutually Exclusive (or disjoint or
incompatible) if the occurrence of one precludes (rules out) the simultaneous occurrence of
the other. If A & B are two mutually exclusive events then P (A B) = 0.
Consider, for example, choosing numbers at random from the set {3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12}
If, Event A is the selection of a prime number,
Event B is the selection of an odd number,
Event C is the selection of an even number,
then A and C are mutually exclusive as none of the numbers in this set is both prime and
even. But A and B are not mutually exclusive as some numbers are both prime and odd
(viz. 3, 5, 7, 11).
E 177
(g) Equally Likely Events : Events are said to be Equally Likely when each event is as likely
to occur as any other event. Note that the term 'at random' or 'randomly' means that all
possibilities are equally likely.
(h) Exhaustive Events : Events A,B,C........ N are said to be Exhaustive Events if no event
outside this set can result as an outcome of an experiment. For example, if A & B are two
events defined on a sample space S and A & B are exhaustive A B = S P (A B) = 1.
Illustration 1: A coin is tossed. If it shows head, we draw a ball from a bag consisting of 3 blue and 4
white balls; if it shows tail we throw a die. Describe the sample space of this experiment.
Solution: Let us denote blue balls by B1, B2, B3 and the white balls by W1, W2, W3, W4. Then a sample
space of the experiment is
S = {HB1, HB2, HB3, HW1, HW2, HW3, HW4, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6}.
Here HBi means head on the coin and ball Bi is drawn, HWi means head on the coin and ball Wi
is drawn. Similarly, T1 means tail on the coin and the number 1 on the die.
Illustration 2: Consider the experiment in which a coin is tossed repeatedly until a head comes up.
Describe the sample space.
Solution: In the experiment head may come up on the first toss, or the 2nd toss, or the 3rd toss and so
on.
Hence, the desired sample space is S = {H, TH, TTH, TTTH, TTTTH,...}
178 E
Illustration 4: Words are formed with the letters of the word PEACE. Find the probability that 2 E’s
come together.
5!
Solution: Total number of words which can be formed with the letters P, E, A, C, E 60
2!
24 2
Number of words in which 2 E’s come together = 4! = 24 Required Probability
60 5
Illustration 5: A bag contains 5 red and 4 green balls. Four balls are drawn at random then find the
probability that two balls are of red and two balls are of green colour.
Solution: n(s) = the total number of ways of drawing 4 balls out of total 9 balls : 9C4
A : Drawing 2 red and 2 green balls ; n(A) = 5C2 × 4C2
5 443
n A C2 4 C2
5
22 10
P(A) =
n s 9
C4 9 8 7 6 21
432
Illustration 6: If four cards are drawn at random from a pack of fifty-two playing cards, find the
probability that at least one of them is an ace.
Solution: If A is a combination of four cards containing at least one ace (i.e. either one ace, or two
aces, or three aces or four aces) then is a combination of four cards containing no aces.
48
Number of combinations of four cards with no aces C4
Now P(A) = 52
0.72
Total number of combinations of four cards C4
4. ADDITION THEOREM :
A B = A + B = A or B denotes occurrence of at least A or B.
For two events A & B :
P(AB) = P(A) + P(B) – P(AB)
Note :
= P A B P A B = P A B P A B
(c) De Morgan's Law : If A & B are two subsets of a universal set U, then
(i) A B A B
(ii) A B A B
E 179
3 1 2
Illustration 7: If A and B are two events such that P(A B) = , P(A B) = and P(A) = .
4 4 3
Then find - (i) P(A) (ii) P(B) (iii) P(A B ) (iv) P( A B)
2 1
Solution: P(A) = 1 – P( A ) = 1
3 3
3 1 1 2
P(B) = P(A B) + P(A B) – P(A) =
4 4 3 3
1 1 1
P(A B ) = P(A) – P(A B)
3 4 12
2 1 5
P( A B) = P(B) – P(A B) = =
3 4 12
5. CONDITIONAL PROBABILITY :
Let A and B be two events associated with a random experiment. Then the probability of
occurrence of event B under the condition that A has already occurred and P(A) 0, is called the
conditional probability of event B given that A has already occurred and it is denoted by P(B/A).
P A B
Thus, P(B/A) = , P(A) 0
P A
Properties of Conditional Probability :
(a) Let E and F be events of a sample space S of an experiment, then P(S/F) = P(F/F) = 1
(b) If E and F are any two events of a sample space S and G is an event of S such that
P(G) 0, then P((E F)/G) = P(E/G) + P(F/G) – P((E F)/G)
(c) P(E'/F) = 1 – P(E/F)
Illustration 8: Three dice are thrown at the same time. Find the probability of getting three two's, if it
is known that the sum of the numbers on the dice was six. [Exemplar]
180 E
Illustration 9: A committee of 4 students is selected at random from a group consisting 8 boys and
4 girls. Given that there is at least one girl on the committee, calculate the probability that there are
exactly 2 girls on the committee. [Exemplar]
Solution: Let events A and B are as defined below
A : Events of exactly 2 girls on the committee
B : Event of at least one girl on the committee
8
C 70 14
Now P(B ) 12 4
C 4 495 99
14 85
P(B) 1
99 99
8
C 2 .4 C 2 6 28 56
Now P(A B) = P(2 boys and 2 girls) 12
C4 495 165
P(A B) 56 99 168
Hence, P(A / B)
P(B) 165 85 425
Illustration 10: A coin is tossed once. If it shows head, it is tossed again and if it shows tail, then a
dice is throw. Let E1 be the event : 'the first throw of the coin shows tail' and E2, the event : 'the dice
shows a number greater than 4. Find P(E2/E1).
Solution: The sample space of experiment is S = {HH, HT, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6},
1/4 (H,H
H )
1/2 1/4 (H,T
)
(T,1)
1/2 (T,2
)(T,3
T )(T,4
)(T,5
)
(T,6
)
1 1 1
This means that P(HH) P(HT)
2 2 4
1 1 1
and P(T1) P(T2) P(T3) P(T4) P(T5) P(T6) .
6 2 12
Here, E1 = {T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6} and E2 = {T5, T6}
Hence, E2 E1 = {T5, T6}.
1 1 1 1
So, P(E1 ) 6 and P(E2 ) 2 .
12 2 12 6
1 1
Also, P(E1 E2) = 2
12 6
1
P(E 2 E1 ) 6 1
Now P(E 2 / E1 )
P(E1 ) 1 3
2
E 181
6 MULTIPLICATION THEOREM ON PROBABILITY
Let A and B be two events associated with a sample space S. Then probability of there
simultaneous occurrence is given by P(A B) and mathematically P(A B) = P(A) · P(B/A).
If A, B, C are three events associated with a random experiment, then
P(A B C) = P(A) · P(B/A) · P(C / (A B))
Illustration 11: A bag contains 5 white, 7 red and 8 black balls. If four balls are drawn one by one
without replacement, find the probability of getting all white balls.
Solution : Let A, B, C and D denote events of getting a white ball in first, second, third and fourth
draw respectively. Then
Required Probability = P(A B C D)
= P(A) P(B/A) P(C/A B) P(D/A B C) ……(1)
5 4 3 2 1
=
20 19 18 17 969
7. INDEPENDENT EVENTS :
Two events A & B are said to be independent if occurrence or non-occurrence of one event does
not affect the probability of the occurrence or non-occurrence of other event and it is denoted by
P(A B).
Mathematically, P(A B) = P(A) . P(B)
Three events A, B & C are independent if & only if all the following conditions hold ;
P(A B) = P(A) . P(B); P(B C) = P(B). P(C)
P(C A) = P(C) . P(A) & P(A B C) = P(A) . P(B) . P(C)
i.e. they must be pairwise as well as mutually independent.
Note : Independent events are not in general mutually exclusive & vice versa.
Mutually exclusiveness can be used when the events are taken from the same experiment &
independence can be used when the events are taken from different experiments.
Note : If A and B independent events associated with a random experiment, then
(i) P(A or B) = P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A B)
(ii) P(A and B) = P(A B) = P(A) · P(B)
(iii) P(not A) = P(A') = 1 – P(A)
(iv) P(neither A nor B) = P(A' B') = P((A B)')
(v) P(not A and not B) = P(A' B') = P((A B)')
(vi) P(not A or not B) = P(A' B') = P ((A B)')
(vii) P(not A and B) = P(A' B)
(viii) P(atleast one of A and B) = P(A B) = 1 – P(A')·P(B')
(ix) P(exactly one of A and B) = P(A)·P(B') + P(A')·P(B)
= P(A) + P(B) – 2P(A B)
182 E
Illustration 12: An unbiased die is thrown twice. Let the event A be 'odd number on the first throw'
and B the event 'odd number on the second throw'. Check the independence of the event A and B.
Solution: If all the 36 elementary events of the experiment are considered to be equally likely,
18 1 18 1
we have P(A) and P(B)
36 2 36 2
Also P(A B) = P(odd number on both throws)
9 1
36 4
1 1 1
Now P(A)P(B)
2 2 4
Clearly, P(A B) = P(A) × P(B)
Thus, A and B are independent events.
Illustration 13: A lot contains 50 defective and 50 non-defective bulbs. Two bulbs are drawn at
random, one at a time, with replacement. The events A, B, C are defined as :
A = {The first bulb is defective}
B = {The second bulb is non-defective}
C = {The two bulbs are both defective or both non-defective}
Determine whether
(i) A, B, C are pairwise independent, (ii) A, B, C are independent.
50 1 50 1 50 50 50 50 1
Solution: We have P(A) = .1 ; P(B) 1. ; P(C) . .
100 2 100 2 100 100 100 100 2
A B is the event that first bulb is defective and second is non-defective.
1 1 1
P(A B) = .
2 2 4
A C is the event that both bulbs are defective.
1 1 1
P(A C) = .
2 2 4
1
Similarly P(B C) =
4
Thus we have P(A B) = P(A) . P(B) ; P(A C) = P(A) . P(C) ; P(B C) = P(B) . P(C)
A, B and C are pairwise independent.
There is no element in A B C
P(A B C) = 0
P(A B C) P(A) . P(B) . P(C)
Hence A, B and C are not independent.
E 183
Illustration 14 : The probability of simultaneous occurrence of at least one of two events A and B is
p. If the probability that exactly one of A, B occurs is q, then prove that P(A') + P(B') = 2 – 2p + q.
Solution : Given P(at least one of two events A and B) = p
P(A B) = 1– P(A) · P(B') = p …..(1)
and P(exactly one of A, B occurs) = q
P(A) · P(B') + P(A') · P(B) = q
[1 – P(A')] · P(B') + P(A') · [1 – P(B')] = q
P(B') – P(A') · P(B') + P(A') – P(A') P(B') = q
P(A') + P(B') – 2P(A') P(B') = q
P(A') + P(B') – 2(1 – p) = q [from eq.(1)]
P(A') + P(B') = 2 – 2p + q
Illustration 15: A purse contains 4 copper and 3 silver coins and another purse contains 6 copper and
2 silver coins. One coin is drawn from any one of these two purses. Find the probability that it is a
copper coin.
Solution: Let E1 : event of selecting first purse
E2 : event of selecting second purse
E : event of drawing a copper coin
1 E 4
P(E1 ) , P
2 E1 7
1 E 6
P(E 2 ) , P
2 E2 8
By total probability theorem
E E 1 4 1 6 37
P(copper coin) = P(E1 ) P P(E 2 ) P = . .
E1 E 2 2 7 2 8 56
184 E
Illustration 16 : Three groups A, B, C are contesting for positions on the Board of Directors of a
Company. The probabilities of their winning are 0.5, 0.3, 0.2 respectively. If the group A wins, the
probability of introducing a new product is 0.7 and the corresponding probabilities for group B and C
are 0.6 and 0.5 respectively. Find the probability that the new product will be introduced.
Solution: Given P(E1) = 0.5, P(E2) = 0.3 and P(E3) = 0.2
Let P(E) = Probability of introducing a new product, then
P(E|E1) = 0.7, P(E|E2) = 0.6 and P(E|E3) = 0.5
P(E) = P(E1). P(E|E1) + P(E2). P(E|E2) + P(E3). P(E|E3)
= 0.5 × 0.7 + 0.3 × 0.6 + 0.2 × 0.5 = 0.35 + 0.18 + 0.10 = 0.63
P (E ). P A / E
i 1
i i
Illustration 17: Given three identical boxes I, II and III, each containing two coins. In box I, both
coins are gold coins, in box II, both are silver coins and in the box III, there is one gold and one silver
coin. A person chooses a box at random and takes out a coin. If the coin is of gold, what is the
probability that the other coin in the box is also of gold ?
Solution: Let E1, E2 and E3 be the events that boxes I, II and III are chosen, respectively.
1
Then P(E1 ) P(E2 ) P(E3 )
3
Also, let A be the event that 'the coin drawn is of gold'
2
Then P(A/E1) = P(a gold coin from box I) = = 1
2
P(A/E2) = P(a gold coin from box II) = 0
1
P(A/E3) = P(a gold coin from box III) =
2
Now, the probability that the other coin in the box is of gold
= the probability that gold coin is drawn from the box I.
= P(E1/A)
By Baye's theorem, we know that
P(E1 )P(A / E1 )
P(E1 / A)
P(E1 )P(A / E1 ) P(E 2 )P(A / E 2 ) P(E 3 )P(A / E 3 )
1
1
3 2
=
1 1 1 1 3
1 0
3 3 3 2
E 185
Illustration 18: A pack of playing cards was found to contain only 51 cards. If the first 13 cards which
are examined are all red, what is the probability that the missing card is black.
Solution: Let E1 be the event that the missing card is a black card and E2, then event that the missing
card is red. Let E be the event that the first 13 cards which are examined are all red, then we are
required to find P(E1/E).
1
P(E1 ) P(E 2 ) .
2
26 25
C13 C13
Also P(E / E1 ) 51
and P(E / E2 ) 51
.
C13 C13
P(E1 )P(E / E1 )
By Bayes' theorem, we get P(E1 / E)
P(E1 )P(E / E1 ) P(E 2 )P(E / E 2 )
1 26 C13 26!
26
2 51 C13 C13 13!13! 26(25!) 26 2
1 26 C 13 1 25 C13 26
C13 C13
25 26! 25! 26(25!) 13(25!) 39 3
2 51 C13 2 51 C13 13!13! 13!12!
The real numbers x1, x2….. xn are the possible value of X and Pi (i = 1, 2, ….n) is the probability
of X taking value xi i.e. P(X = xi) = Pi.
Illustration 19: A coin is biased so that the head is 3 times as likely to occur as tail. If the coin is
tossed twice, find the probability distribution of number of tails.
Solution: Given: Head is 3 times as likely to occur as Tail.
Now, let the probability of getting a tail in the biased coin be x.
i.e., P(T) = x
Then P(H) = 3x
P(T) + P(H) = 1
1
x + 3x = 1 4x = 1 x =
4
1 3
Hence, P(T) = and P(H) =
4 4
186 E
As the coin is tossed twice, so the sample space is {HH, HT, TH, TT}
Let X be a random variable representing the number of tails.
Clearly, X can take the value of 0, 1 or 2.
3 3 9
P(X = 0) = P(no tail) = P(H) × P(H) =
4 4 16
3 1 1 3 3
P(X = 1) = P(one tail and one head) = P(HT) + P(TH) = . .
4 4 4 4 8
1 1 1
P(X = 2) = P(two tail) = P(T) × P(T) =
4 4 16
Hence, the required probability distribution is
X 0 1 2
9 3 1
P(X)
16 8 16
Illustration 20: The random variable X has a probability distribution P(X) of the following form :
k, if x0
2k, if x 1
P(X) = where k is some number
3k, if x 2
0, otherwise
I. Determine the value of k.
II. Find P(X < 2), P(X 2), P(X 2)
Solution: Given : A random variable X with its probability distribution.
I. As we know the sum of all the probabilities in a probability distribution of a random
variable must be one.
n
i.e., i1
pi 1 where pi > 0 and i = 1, 2, …….., n
Hence the sum of probabilities of given table :
k + 2k + 3k + 0 = 1
6k = 1
1
k =
6
II. a. P(X < 2) = ?
P(X < 2) = P(X = 0) + P(X = 1) = k + 2k = 3k
1 1
P(X < 2) = 3
6 2
b. P(X 2) = ?
P(X 2) = P(X = 0) + P(X = 1) + P(X = 2)
= k + 2k + 3k = 6k
1
P(X 2) = 6 1
6
c. P(X 2) = ?
P(X 2) = P(X = 2) + P(X > 2) = 3k + 0 = 3k
1 1
P(X 2) = 3
6 2
E 187
12. MEAN OF RANDOM VARIABLE :
Let X be a random variable whose possible values x1, x2, x3…….xn occur with probabilities p1,
n
p2, p3 …..pn, respectively. The mean of X, denoted by , is the number x p
i 1
i i i.e. the mean of
X is the weighted average of the possible values of X, each value being weighted by its
probability with which is occurs.
The mean of a random variable X is also called the expectation of X, denoted by E(X).
n
Thus, E(X) x i pi x1p1 x 2 p2 .... x n .pn .
i 1
Illustration 21 : Two cards are drawn in successively without replacement from a well shuffled deck
of cards, Find the mean. (where X is the number of aces)
Solution : Here we have
4
C0 48 C2 48 47 188
P (X = 0) = P (no ace is drawn) =
52
C2 52 51 221
4
C1 48 C1 4 48 32
P (X = 1) = P (One ace is drawn) =
52
C2 52 51 221
2
4
C2 48 C0 43 1
P (X = 2) = P (two ace is drawn) =
52
C2 52 51 221
X 1 2 4 2k 3k 5k
1 1 3 1 1 1
P(X)
2 5 25 10 25 25
1 2 12
k
2 5 25
2 3 1
2.94 k
10 25 5
2 3 1 1 2 12
2.94
10 25 5 2 5 25
10 6 10 294 50 40 48 50 156
k k 3
50 100 26 100
188 E
Illustration 23 : Find the mean of the numbers obtained when a card is drawn at random from a set of
7 cards numbered 1 to 7.
Solution : Let 'X' denotes the number that appears on the card which is drawn, then X takes values 1,
1
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 each with probability . Probability distribution of X is
7
X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
P(X)
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Mean of X = = xiP(xi)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = 4
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
E 189
EXERCISE-I
2. Two events E and F are independent. If P(E) = 0.3 and P(E F) = 0.5, then P(E/F) – P(F/E)
equals to : [Exemplar]
1 1 1 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 4 8 4
4. Two dice are thrown. If it is known that the sum of numbers on the dice was less than 6, the
probability of getting a sum 3, is :
1 5 1 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
18 18 5 5
1 1 1
5. If A and B are two events such that P(A) , P(B) and P(A / B) , then P(A' B') equals
2 3 4
to [Exemplar]
1 3 1 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
12 4 4 16
6. If A and B are events such that P(A) = 0.4, P(B) = 0.3 and P(A B) 0.5, then P(B' A) equals
to
2 1 3 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 2 10 5
7 9 4
7. If P(A) , P(B) and P(A B) , then P(A'/B) is equal to
13 13 13
6 4 4 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
13 13 9 9
190 E
8. Three persons A, B and C, fire at a target in turn, starting with A. Their probabilities of hitting
the target are 0.4, 0.3 and 0.2, respectively. The probability of two hits is
(A) 0.024 (B) 0.188 (C) 0.336 (D) 0.452
9. The probability distribution of a discrete random variable X is given below
X 2 3 4 5
5 7 9 11
P(X)
k k k k
The value of k is
(A) 8 (B) 16 (C) 32 (D) 48
10. For the following probability distribution,
X –4 –3 –2 –1 0
P(X) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.2
E(X) is equal to
(A) 0 (B) –1 (C) –2 (D) –1.8
ANSWER KEY
Q. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Ans. D C C C C D D B C D
Q. No. 11 12
Ans. A B
E 191
SOLUTIONS
3 5
1. (D) Given that P(A) , P(B)
8 8
3
P(A B)
4
P(A B) = P(A) – P(B) – P(A B)
3 3 5
P(A B)
4 8 8
1
P(A B)
4
5 1
and P(A B) = P(B) – P(A B)
8 4
3
P(A ' B)
8
P(A B) P(A ' B) 1 / 4 3 / 8 6
Now, P(A / B) P(A '/ B) = =
P(B) P(B) 5/8 5/8 25
3
2. (C) Given that, P(E) = 0.3 = , P(E F) = 0.5
10
E and F are independent
So P(E F) = P(E) P(F)
P(E F) = 0.3 P(F) ........(1)
P(E F) = P(E) + P(F) – P(E F)
P(E F) P(E F) 6 / 70 6 / 70 3 2 1
P(F) P(E) 2 / 7 3 / 10 10 7 70
192 E
4. (C) When two dice are thrown.
then sample space S = {(x, y) : x, y {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}}
Let E be the event sum of number on die is 3 and F be the event sum of number on die was
less them 6.
Now, E = {(2, 1), (1, 2)}
F = {(1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 1), (2, 2), (2, 3), (3, 1), (3, 2), (4, 1)}
E F = {(2, 1), (1, 2)}
2
P(E F) 1
P(E / F) P(E / F) 36
P(F) 10 5
36
1 1
5. (C) Given that P(A) = , P(B) =
2 3
1 P(A B) 1 1
& P(A / B) P(A B)
4 P(B) 4 12
= 1 – P(A B)
= 1 – [P(A) + P(B) – P(A B)]
P(A B) = 1 – P(A) – P(B) + P(A B)
1 1 1 3
P(A B) = 1 =
2 3 12 12
1
P(A B) =
4
6. (D) Given that
P(A) = 0.4, P(B) = 0.3 & P(A B) = 0.5
E 193
7. (D) Given that
7 9 4
P(A) , P(B) & P(A B)
13 13 13
P(A ' B) P(B) P(A B)
Now P(A '/ B)
P(B) P(B)
P(A B) 1 4 / 13 4
1 1
P(B) 9 / 13 9
5
P(A '/ B)
9
8. (B) Given
P(A) = 0.4, P(B) = 0.3, P(C) = 0.2
P(A) 1 P(A) 1 0.4 0.6
P(B) 1 P(B) 1 0.3 0.7
P(C) 1 P(C) 1 0.2 0.8
Required probability = P(A) P(B) P(C) P(A) P(C) P(B) P(B) P(C) P(A)
= 0.4 × 0.3 × 0.8 + 0.4 × 0.2 × 0.7 + 0.3 × 0.2 × 0.6 = 0.188
n
9. (C) P(x ) 1
i 1
i
5 7 9 11
1 32 k
k k k k
n
10. (D) E(x) = x p(x )
i 1
i i
= (–4) × 0.1 + (–3) × 0.2 + (–2) × 0.3 + (–1) × 0.2 + 0 × 0.2 = –0.4 – 0.6 – 0.6 – 0.2
E(x) = –1.8
11. (A) Assertion :
P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A B)
1
= P(A) + P(B) – P(A) P(B)
2
1 1 1
= p p
2 5 5
1 1 4
= p
2 5 5
3
p =
8
Assertion is true. Reason is also true.
Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
194 E
P(A B)
12. (B) Assertion : P(A B)
P(B)
P(A)
P(A B)
P(B)
Since, given A and B are two mutually exclusive events.
5 1
1 1
P A B 6 = 6 =
1 2 4
1
3 3
Assertion is true.
Reason : For independent events,
P(A B) P(A) P(B)
P(A B) P(A) 0.2
P(B) P(B)
Reason is true.
Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
E 195
EXERCISE-II
2
1. If 2P(A) = P(B) = 5/13 and P(A|B) = , then find P(A B) .
5
3 1 1
2. If P(A) , P(B) and P(A B) , find P(A / B) and P(B / A)
8 2 4
3. For a loaded die, the probabilities of outcomes are given as under :
2 1 3
P(1) P(2) , P(3), P(5), P(6) = and P(4) =
10 10 10
The die is thrown two times. Let A and B the events as defined below
A = Getting same number each time, B = Getting a total score of 10 or more.
Determine whether or not A and B are independent events. [Exemplar]
4. A committee of 4 students is selected at random from a group consisting 8 boys and 4 girls.
Given that there is at least one girl on the committee, calculate the probability that there are
exactly 2 girls on the committee.
5. A bag contains 5 red marbles and 3 black marbles. Three marbles are drawn one by one without
replacement. What is the probability that at least one of the three marbles drawn be black, if the
first marble is red?
6. Two balls are drawn from an urn containing 2 white, 3 red and 4 black balls one by one without
replacement. What is the probability that at least one ball is red?
7. Three urns contain 6 red, 4 black, 4 red, 6 black and 5 red, 5 black balls respectively. One of the
urns is selected at random and a ball is drawn from it. If the ball drawn is red, find the probability
that it is drawn from the first urn.
8. A letter is known to have come either from TATANAGAR or CALCUTTA. On the envelope just
two consecutive letters TA are visible. What is the probability that the letter has come from (i)
Calcutta (ii) Tatanagar? [Exemplar]
9. Let X represent the difference between the number of heads and the number of tails obtained
when a coin is tossed 6 times. What are possible values of X?
10. An urn contains 5 red and 2 black balls. Two balls are randomly drawn, without replacement. Let
X represent the number of black balls drawn. What are the possible values of X ? Is X a random
variable ? If yes, find the mean.
196 E
CASE STUDY-I
11.
An insurance company believes that people can be divided into two classes; those who are
accident prone and those who are not. The company's statistics show that an accident-prone
person will have an accident at sometime within a fixed one-year period with probability 0.6,
whereas this probability is 0.2 for a person who is not accident prone. The company knows that
20 percent of the population is accident prone.
Based on the given information, answer the following questions.
(i) What is the probability that a new policyholder will have an accident within a year of
purchasing a policy ?
(ii) Suppose that a new policyholder has an accident within a year of purchasing a policy.
What is the probability that he or she is accident prone ?
CASE STUDY-II
12. The reliability of a COVID PCR test is specified as follows :
Of people having COVID, 90% of the test detects the disease but 10% goes undetected. Of people
free of COVID, 99% of the test is judged COVID negative but 1% are diagnosed as showing COVID
positive. From a large population of which only 0.1% have COVID, one person is selected at
random, given the COVID PCR test, and the pathologist reports him/her as COVID positive.
(i) Find the probability that the ‘person is actually having COVID given that ‘he is tested as
COVID positive’ ? [2]
(ii) Find the probability that the ‘person selected will be diagnosed as COVID positive’ ? [2]
E 197
CASE STUDY-III
13. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below.
There are two antiaircraft guns, named as A and B. The probabilities that the shell fired from
them hits an airplane are 0.3 and 0.2 respectively. Both of them fired one shell at an airplane at
the same time.
(i) What is the probability that the shell fired from exactly one of them hit the plane?
(ii) If it is known that the shell fired from exactly one of them hit the plane, then what is the
probability that it was fired from B ?
198 E
SOLUTIONS
5
1. Given, 2P(A) = P(B) =
13
5 5
P(A) = , P(B) =
26 13
A P(A B)
Now; P
B P(B)
2 P(A B) 2
P(A B)
5 5 / 13 13
5 5 2 11
Now, P(A B) = P(A) + P(B) – P(A B) = =
26 13 13 26
2. We know that
P(A B) P(A B)
P(A / B) and P(B / A)
P(B) P(A)
Therefore, to find P(A / B) and P(B / A) , we need the values of P(A B) , P(A) and P(B) .
So let us first compute these probabilities.
Now, P(A B) = P(A B)
E 199
4. Let A denote the event that at least one girl will be chosen, and B the event that exactly 2 girls
will be chosen.
Since A denotes the event that at least one girl will be chosen, A' denotes that no girl is chosen,
i.e. 4 boys are chosen. Then
8
C4 70 14
P(A) 12
C 4 495 99
14 85
P(A) 1
99 99
8
C 4 . 4 C 2 6 28 56
Now P(A B) = P(2 boys and 2 girls) = 12
C4 495 165
P(A B) 56 99 168
Thus P(B|A) =
P(A) 165 85 425
5. Let red marbles be represented with R and black marble with B. The following three conditions
are possible, if atleast one of the three marbles drawn be black and the first marble is red.
(i) E1 : 2nd ball is black and 3rd is red
(ii) E2 : 2nd ball is black and 3rd is also black
(iii) E3 : 2nd ball is red and 3rd is black
B R 5 3 4 60 5
P(E1 ) P(R1 ) · P 1 · P 2 · ·
R1 R1B1 8 7 6 336 28
B B 5 3 2 30 5
P(E2 ) P(R1 ) · P 1 · P 2 · ·
R1 R1B1 8 7 6 336 56
R B 5 4 3 60 5
and P(E3 ) P(R1 ) · P 2 · P 1 · ·
R1 R1R2 8 7 6 336 28
5 5 5 25
P(E) P(E1 ) P(E 2 ) P(E 3 )
28 56 28 56
25
Hence, the required probability is
56
6. Let R1 and R2 denote the events of getting a red ball in first and second draws respectively. Then,
Required probability = P(R1 R 2 )
= 1 P(R1 R2 )
= 1 P(R1 R 2 )
= 1 P(R1 )P(R 2 R1) …..(1)
200 E
Now, P(R1 ) = Probability of not getting a red ball in first draw
= Probability of getting an other colour (white or black) ball in first draw
6 2
=
9 3
When another colour ball is drawn in first draw there are 5 other colour (white and black) balls
and 3 red balls, out of which one other colour ball can be drawn in 5C1ways.
5
P(R 2 R1 )
8
Substituting these values in (1), we obtain :
2 5 7
Required probability = 1 P(R1 )P(R 2 R1 ) 1
3 8 12
7. Let E1, E2, E3 and A be the events defined as follows :
E1 = First urn is chosen, E2 = Second urn is chosen,
E3 = Third urn is chosen and A = Ball drawn is red.
Since there are three urns and one of the three urns is chosen at random. Therefore,
1
P(E1) = P(E2) = P(E3) =
3
If E1 has already occurred, then first urn has been chosen which contains 6 red and 4 black balls.
The probability of drawing a red ball from it is 6/10.
6
So, P(A E1 )
10
4 5
Similarly, P(A E 2 ) and P(A E 3 )
10 10
We have to find P(E1 A) , i.e. given that the ball drawn is red, what is the probability that it is
drawn from the first urn.
By Baye's theorem, obtain
P(E1 )P(A E1 )
P E1 A
P(E1 )P(A E1 ) P(E 2 )P(A E 2 ) P(E 3 )P(A E 3 )
1 6
3 10 6 2
1 6 1 4 1 5 15 5
3 10 3 10 3 10
8. Let E1 be the event that the letter came from Calcutta and E2 be the event that the letter came
from Tatanagar. Let A denote the event that two consecutive letters visible on the envelop are
TA.
Since the letters have come either from Calcutta or Tatanagar.
1
P(E1) = = P(E2)
2
If E1 has occurred, then it means that the letter came from Calcutta. In the word CALCUTTA
there are 8 letters in which TA occurs in the end. Considering TA as one letter there are seven
letters out of which one can be in 7 ways.
1
P(A/E1) =
7
E 201
If E2 has occurred, then the letter came from Tatanagar. In the word TATANAGAR there are
9 letters in which TA occurs twice. Considering one of the two TA's as one letter there are
8 letters.
2
P(A/E2) =
8
We have to find P(E1/A) and P(E2/A)
1 1
P(E1 )P(A E1 ) 2 7 4
(i) P(E1 A)
P(E1 )P(A E1 ) P(E 2 )P(A E 2 ) 1 1 1 2 11
2 7 2 8
1 2
P(E 2 )P(A E 2 ) 2 8 7
(ii) P(E 2 A)
P(E1 )P(A E1 ) P(E 2 )P(A E 2 ) 1 1 1 2 11
2 7 2 8
9. The possible values of X are 6, 4, 2 or 0.
10. X denotes number of black balls drawn, then possible values of X are 0, 1 or 2.
X(rr) = 0, X(rb) = X(br) = 1, X(bb) = 2
Since X has unique real value w S
i.e. X is real valued function, so X is a random variable
X P(X) X.P(X) X 2 .P(X)
2
C0 × 5 C2 20
0 7
= 0 0
C2 42
2
C1 × 5 C1 20 20 20
1 7
=
C2 42 42 42
2
C2 × 5 C0 2 4 8
2 7
=
C2 42 42 42
10 2 12 4
Mean = X.P(X) 0
21 21 21 7
11. Let E1 = The policy holder is accident prone.
E = The new policy holder has an accident within a year of purchasing a policy.
20 6 80 2 7
100 10 100 10 25
20 6
P E1 P E / E1
3
(ii) By Bayes' Theorem, P(E1/E) = = 100 10
P(E) 280 7
1000
202 E
12. (i) Let E1 = Covid person
E2 – Not covid person
A = Covid PCR Test result is positive
P(E1) = Probability that person selected has covid = 0.1% = 0.001
P(E2) = Probability that person selected does not have covid
1 – P(E1) = 1 – 0.001 = 0.999
P(A/E1) = Probability that the test judges covid +ve, if person actually has covid
= 90% = 0.9
P(A/E2) = Probability that the test judges covid +ve if the person does not have covid
= 1% = 0.01
P(E1 ).P(A / E1 ) 0.001 0.9
P(E1/A) = =
P(E1 ) P(A / E1 ) P(E 2 ).P(A / E 2 ) 0.001 0.9 0.999 0.01
90 90
= =
90 999 1089
P(E1/A) = 0.083
(ii) P(Person selected will be diagnosed as covid +ve)
= P(E1) × P(A/E1) + P(E2) × P(A/E2)
= 0.001 × 0.9 + 0.999 × 0.01
90 999 1089
= = 0.01089
100000 100000 100000
13. (i) Let P be the event that the shell fired from A hits the plane and Q be the event that the shell
fired from B hits the plane. The following four hypotheses are possible before the trial, with
the guns operating independently:
E1 = PQ, E2 = PQ , E3 = PQ , E4 = PQ
Let E = The shell fired from exactly one of them hits the plane.
E E E E
P 0,P 0,P 1,P 1
E1 E2 E3 E4
E E E E
P(E) P(E1 ).P P(E2 ).P P(E3 ).P P(E 4 ).P
E1 E2 E3 E4
E 203
(ii) By Bayes' Theorem,
E
P(E3 ).P
E E3 0.14 7
P 3 = =
E E E E E 0.38 19
P(E1 ).P P(E 2 ).P P(E3 ).P P(E 4 ).P
E1 E2 E3 E4
NOTE: The four hypotheses form the partition of the sample space and it can be seen that
the sum of their probabilities is 1. The hypotheses E1 and E2 are actually eliminated as
E E
P P 0 .
E1 E2
Alternative way of writing the solution:
(i) P(Shell fired from exactly one of them hits the plane)
= P[(Shell from A hits the plane and Shell from B does not hit the plane) or (Shell from A
does not hit the plane and Shell from B hits the plane)]
= 0.3 × 0.8 + 0.7 × 0.2 = 0.38
(ii) P(Shell fired from B hit the plane/Exactly one of them hit the plane)
P Shell fired from B hit the plane Exactly one of them hit the plane
=
P(Exactly one of them hit the plane)
204 E
NCERT IMPORTANT QUESTIONS
1. A die is thrown three times, E : 4 appears on the third toss, F : 6 and 5 appears respectively on
E
first two tosses. find P . [Ex.13.1, Q.8]
F
2. Give, that the two numbers appearing on throwing two dice are different. Find the probability of
the event ‘the sum of numbers on the dice is 4’. [Ex.13.1, Q.14]
3. A die marked 1, 2, 3 in red and 4, 5, 6 in green is tossed. Let A be the event, ‘the number is
even,’ and B be the event, ‘the number is red’. Are A and B independent? [Ex.13.2, Q.5]
1 1 1
4. If A and B are two events such that P(A) = , P(B) = and P(A B) = , find P (not A and
4 2 8
not B). [Ex.13.2, Q.9]
1 1
5. Probability of solving specific problem independently by A and B are and respectively. If
2 3
both try to solve the problem independently, find the probability that [Ex.13.2, Q.14]
(i) the problem is solved (ii) exactly one of them solves the problem.
6. In answering a question on a multiple choice test, a student either knows the answer or guesses.
3 1
Let be the probability that he knows the answer and be the probability that he guesses.
4 4
1
Assuming that a student who guesses at the answer will be correct with probability . What is
4
the probability that the student knows the answer given that he answered it correctly?
[Ex.13.3, Q.4]
7. There are three coins. One is a two headed coin (having head on both faces), another is a biased
coin that comes up heads 75% of the time and third is an unbiased coin. One of the three coins is
chosen at random and tossed, it shows heads, what is the probability that it was the two headed
coin ? [Ex.13.3, Q.6]
8. Suppose a girl throws a die. If she gets a 5 or 6, she tosses a coin three times and notes the
number of heads. If she gets 1, 2, 3 or 4, she tosses a coin once and notes whether a head or tail is
obtained. If she obtained exactly one head, what is the probability that she threw 1, 2, 3 or 4 with
the die? [Ex.13.3, Q.10]
9. A card from a pack of 52 cards is lost. From the remaining cards of the pack, two cards are drawn
and are found to be both diamonds. Find the probability of the lost card being a diamond.
[Ex.13.3, Q.12]
10. From a lot of 30 bulbs which include 6 defectives, a sample of 4 bulbs is drawn at random with
replacement. Find the probability distribution of the number of defective bulbs.
[Ex.13.4, Q.6 (Old NCERT)]
11. A coin is biased so that the head is 3 times as likely to occur as tail. If the coin is tossed twice,
find the probability distribution of number of tails. [Ex.13.4, Q.7 (Old NCERT)]
E 205
12. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. If X denotes the number of sixes, find the expectation
of X. [Ex.13.4, Q.11 (Old NCERT)]
13. Two numbers are selected at random (without replacement) from the first six positive integers.
Let X denote the larger of the two numbers obtained. Find E(X). [Ex.13.4, Q.12 (Old NCERT)]
14. Assume that the chances of a patient having a heart attack is 40%. It is also assumed that a
meditation and yoga course reduce the risk of heart attack by 30% and prescription of certain
drug reduces its chances by 25%. At a time a patient can choose any one of the two options with
equal probabilities. It is given that after going through one of the two options the patient selected
at random suffers a heart attack. Find the probability that the patient followed a course of
meditation and yoga? [Misc.Ex., Q.7]
15. Bag I contains 3 red and 4 black balls and Bag II contains 4 red and 5 black balls. One ball is
transferred from Bag I to Bag II and then a ball is drawn from Bag II. The ball so drawn is found
to be red in colour. Find the probability that the transferred ball is black. [Misc.Ex., Q.10]
16. Ten cards numbered 1 to 10 are placed in a box, mixed up thoroughly and then one card is drawn
randomly. If it is known that the number on the drawn card is more than 3, what is the probability
that it is an even number? [Example 3]
17. A die is thrown twice and the sum of the numbers appearing is observed to be 6. What is the
conditional probability that the number 4 has appeared at least once? [Example 6]
18. Given three identical boxes I, II and III, each containing two coins. In box I, both coins are gold
coins, in box II, both are silver coins and in the box III, there is one gold and one silver coin. A
person chooses a box at random and takes out a coin. If the coin is of gold, what is the probability
that the other coin in the box is also of gold? [Example 17]
19. Two cards are drawn successively with replacement from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find
the probability distribution of the number of aces. [Example 24 (Old NCERT)]
20. Let a pair of dice be thrown and the random variable X be the sum of the numbers that appear on
the two dice. Find the mean or expectation of X. [Example 27 (Old NCERT)]
21. A and B throw a die alternatively till one of them gets a ‘6’ and wins the game. Find their
respective probabilities of winning, if A starts first. [Example 36 (Old NCERT)]
206 E
ANSWER KEY
1 1 3
1. 2. 3. Not independent 4.
6 15 8
2 1 12 4 8
5. (i) (ii) 6. 7. 8.
3 2 13 9 11
X 0 1 2 3 4
11
9. 10. 256 256 96 16 1
50 P(X)
625 625 625 625 625
X0 1 2
1 14
11. 9 6 1 12. 13.
P(X) 3 3
16 16 16
14 16 4 2 2
14. 15. 16. 17. 18.
29 31 7 5 3
X0 1 2
19. 144 24 1 20. 7
P(X)
169 169 169
6 5
21. P(A wins) , P(B wins)
11 11
E 207
PREVIOUS YEAR QUESTIONS
1 MARK QUESTIONS
1 1
1. If A and B are two independent events and P(A) , P(B) ; find P(A | B). [CBSE 2021 C]
3 2
1 1
Sol. Given, A and B are two independent events and P(A) , P(B)
3 2
1 1 1
P(A B) = P(A).P(B) = [½]
3 2 6
1
P(A B) 6 1
P(A/B) =
P(B) 1 3
2
1 2
P(A / B) P(A / B) = 1 – P(A/B) P(A / B) 1 [½]
3 3
2. A coin is tossed once. If head comes up, a die is thrown; but if tail comes up, the coin is tossed
again. Find the probability of obtaining a head and number 6. [CBSE 2021 C]
Sol. S = {(H, 1), (H, 2), (H, 3), (H, 4), (H, 5), (H, 6), (T, H), (T, T)}
Let event A denote "obtaining head" and B denote "obtaining number 6"
1 1
P(A) = , P(B) =
2 6
Hence, the probability of obtaining head and number 6
1 1 1
= P[{(H, 6)}] P(A B) = P(A).P(B) = [1]
2 6 12
2 MARKS QUESTIONS
3. Two cards are drawn successively with replacement from a well shuffled pack of 52 cards. Find
the probability distribution of the number of spade cards. [CBSE 2022]
Sol. Let random variable X denotes the number of spade cards ; then the possible values of X are
0, 1 or 2.
39 39 3 3 9
P(X = 0) = P(no spade & no spade) =
52 52 4 4 16
P(X = 1) = P(spade & no spade or no spade & spade)
13 39 39 13 1 3 3 1 3
= = 4 4 4 4 8
52 52 52 52
13 13 1 1 1
P(X = 2) = P(spade & spade) = [1½]
52 52 4 4 16
Hence, probability distribution of X is :
X 0 1 2
[½]
P(X) 9 / 16 6 / 16 1 / 16
208 E
4. A pair of dice is thrown and the sum of the numbers appearing on the dice is observed to be 7.
Find the probability that the number 5 has appeared on atleast one die.
OR
1 2
The probability that A hits the target is and the probability that B hits it is . If both try to hit
3 5
the target independently, find the probability that the target is hit. [CBSE 2022]
Sol. When a pair of dice is thrown, the sample space S contains 36 outcomes.
Let E : Event that number 5 has appeared on at least one die,
F : Event that sum of the numbers on the dice is 7
E = {(5,1), (5,2), (5,3), (5,4), (5,5), (5,6), (1,5), (2,5), (3,5), (4,5), (6,5)},
F = {(1,6), (2,5), (3,4), (4,3), (5,2), (6,1)}
E F = {(5, 2), (2,5)}
2 6
Now; P(E F) , P(F) [1]
36 36
P(E F) 2 / 36 1
Hence, Required probability = P(E/F) = [1]
P(F) 6 / 36 3
OR
Let E1 : Event that A hits the target
and E2 : Event that B hits the target
Given ; P(E1) =
1
3
2 2
, P(E2) = P E1 , P E 2
5 3
3
5
[½]
E 209
6. A purse contains 3 silver and 6 copper coins and a second purse contains 4 silver and 3 copper
coins. If a coin is drawn at random from one of the two purses, find the probability that it is a
silver coin. [CBSE 2020]
Sol. Let E1 : Event that first purse is selected, E2 : Event that second purse is selected
and A : Event that silver coin is drawn
3 4
P(E1) = , P(E2) = , P A / E1 , P(A/E2) = [1]
2 2 9 7
P(A) = P(E1) P(A/E1) + P(E2).P(A/E2) (by total probability theorem)
1 3 1 4 1 2 19
= [1]
2 9 2 7 6 7 42
7. A coin is tossed 5 times. What is the probability of getting (i) 3 heads, (ii) at most 3 heads ?
[CBSE 2019]
OR
Find the probability distribution of X, the number of heads in a simultaneous toss of two coins.
3 2
1 1 1 1 5
Sol. (i) P(3 Heads) = C3 10
5
[1]
2 2 8 4 16
(ii) P(at most 3 Heads) = 1 – P(4) – P(5)
4 5
1 1 1 5 1 26 13
1 – C4 5C5 1 =
5
[1]
2 2 2 32 32 32 16
OR
Let X denotes the number of heads in a simultaneous toss of two coins, then the possible values
of X are 0, 1 or 2.
1 1 1
P(X = 0) = P(TT) = . ,
2 2 4
1 1 1 1 2
P(X = 1) = P(HT) + P(TH) = . . ,
2 2 2 2 4
1 1 1
P(X = 2) = P(HH) = . [½]
2 2 4
Hence; the probability distribution of X is given as :
X P(X)
0 1
4
2
1
4
1
2
4 [1½]
210 E
8. If P(not A) = 0.7, P(B) = 0.7 and P(B/A) = 0.5, then find P(A/B) [CBSE 2019]
Sol. Given; P (A) 0.7 1 – P(A) = 0.7 P(A) = 0.3 and P(B) 0.7
Also, P(B/A) = 0.5 ; P(A/B) = ?
P(B A) P(B A)
We know that : P(B/A) = 0.5 = [½]
P(A) 0.3
P(B A) = 0.5 × 0.3 = 0.15
Now; P(A B) = P(B A) = 0.15 [½]
P(A B) .15 15 3
P(A/B) = [1]
P(B) 0.70 70 14
9. A black and a red die are rolled together. Find the conditional probability of obtaining the sum 8,
given that the red die resulted in a number less than 4. [CBSE 2018]
Sol. Let E : Event of obtaining the sum 8 on the dice,
F : Event that red die resulted in a number less than 4,
and let first and second die represent the black and red die respectively.
E = {(2, 6), (3, 5), (4, 4), (5, 3), (6, 2)}
n(E) = 5,
F = {(1,1),(1,2),(1,3),(2,1),(2,2),(2,3),(3,1),(3,2),(3,3),(4,1),(4,2),(4,3),(5,1),(5,2),(5,3),(6,1),(6,2),(6,3)}
n(F) = 18
and E F = {(5, 3), (6, 2)}
n(E F) = 2 [1]
18 1 2 1
Here, P(F) and P(E F)
36 2 36 18
P(E F) 1 / 18 1
Required probability = P(E/F) [1]
P(F) 1/ 2 9
4 MARKS QUESTIONS
10. A shopkeeper sells three types of flower seeds A1, A2, A3. They are
sold in the form of a mixture, where the proportions of these seeds
are 4 : 4 : 2 respectively. The germination rates of the three types
of seeds are 45%, 60% and 35% respectively.
Based on the above information, answer the following questions :
(a) Calculate the probability that a randomly chosen seed will
germinate.
(b) Calculate the probability that the seed is of type A2, given that a
randomly chosen seed germinates. [CBSE 2022]
E 211
Sol. Given, A1 : A2 : A3 = 4 : 4 : 2
4 4 2
P(A1) = , P(A2) = and P(A 3 )
10 10 10
Let E be the event that a seed germinates.
E 45 E 60 E 35
P = ,P and P [1]
A1 100 A2 100 A3 100
(a) P(E) = P(A1) P(E/A1) P(A2) P(E/A2) + P(A3) P(E/A3)
4 45 4 60 2 35 490 49
= = 0.49 ……(1) [1½]
10 100 10 100 10 100 1000 100
P A2 P E / A2
(b) P(A2/E)
P A1 P E / A1 P A2 P E / A2 P(A3 ) P(E / A3 )
4 60
10 100
= [from (1)]
49
100
24
= 0.48 [1½]
49
11. In answering a multiple choice test for class XII, a student either knows or guesses or copies the
answer to a multiple choice question with four choices. The probability that he makes a guess is
1 1
and the probability that he copies the answer is . The probability that his answer is correct,
3 6
1
given that he copied, is . Let E1, E2, E3 be the events that the student guesses, copies or knows
8
the answer respectively and A is the event that the student answers correctly.
Based on the above information, answer any four of the following five questions : [CBSE 2021 C]
(i) What is the probability that the student knows the answer?
1 2 1
(A) 1 (B) (C) (D)
2 3 4
(ii) What is the probability that he answers correctly, given that he knew the answer?
1 1
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) (D)
4 8
(iii) What is the probability that he answers correctly, given that he had made a guess?
1 1
(A) (B) 0 (C) 1 (D)
4 8
(iv) What is the probability that he knew the answer to the question, given that he answer it
correctly?
24 4 1 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
29 29 29 29
212 E
3
(v) P(E
k 1
k | A) is :
1 11
(A) 0 (B) (C) 1 (D)
3 8
Sol. Given that:
E1 = Event that student guesses the answer,
E2 = Event that student copies the answer,
E3 = Event that student knows the answer,
and A = event that the student answers correctly
1 1
Now, P(E1) = and P(E2) =
3 6
1 1
P(E1) + P(E2) + P(E3) = 1 P(E 3 ) 1
3 6
3 1
or P(E 3 ) 1 – ….(1)
6 2
1
Also, P(A/E2) = (given), P(A/E3) = 1 ….(2)
8
[ his answer is correct, given that he knows it]
1
and P(A/E1) = ….(3)
4
[ his answer is correct, given that he guesses and the multiple choice question has four choices]
1
(i) (B) Required probability = P(E3) = [From eqn (1)] [1]
2
(ii) (A)Required probability = P(A/E3) = 1 [From eqn (2)] [1]
1
(iii) (A) Required probability = P(A/E1) = [From eqn (3)] [1]
4
(iv) (A) Required probability = P(E3/A)
P(E3 ).P(A / E 3 )
= [By Baye's Theorem]
P(E1 ).P(A / E1 ) P(E 2 ).P(A / E 2 ) P(E 3 ).P(A / E 3 )
1 1 1
1
= 2 = 2 = 2 1 48 24
= [1]
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 24 2 29 29
1
3 4 6 8 2 12 48 2 48
3
(v) (C) P(E
k 1
k | A)
E 215
IMPORTANT NOTES
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
216 E
General Instructions:
Read the following instructions very carefully and follow them :
(i) This Question Paper contains 38 questions. All questions are compulsory.
(iii) In Section A - Question Nos. 1 to 18 are Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) and Question Nos.
(iv) In Section B - Question Nos. 21 to 25 are Very Short Answer (VSA) type questions of 2 marks
each.
(v) In Section C - Question Nos. 26 to 31 are Short Answer (SA) type questions, carrying 3 marks
each.
(vi) In Section D - Question Nos. 32 to 35 are Long Answer (LA) type questions carrying 5 marks
each.
(vii) In Section E - Question Nos. 36 to 38 are source based/case based/passage based/integrated units
(viii) There is no overall choice. However, an internal choice has been provided in 2 questions in
E 217
SECTION-A
(Multiple Choice Questions)
Each question carries 1 mark
0 1
1. If A , then A2023 is equal to [1]
0 0
0 1 0 2023 0 0 2023 0
(A) (B) (C) (D)
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 2023
2 0
2. If = P + Q, where P is a symmetric and Q is a skew symmetric matrix, then Q is equal
5 4
to [1]
2 5 / 2 0 5 / 2 0 5 / 2 2 5 / 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5 / 2 4 5 / 2 0 5 / 2 0
5 / 2 4
1 2 1
3. If 2 3 1 is non-singular matrix and a A, then the set A is [1]
3 a 1
8. Unit vector along PQ , where coordinates of P and Q respectively are (2, 1, –1) and (4, 4, –7),
is [1]
218 E
9. Position vector of the mid-point of line segment AB is 3iˆ 2 ˆj 3kˆ . If position vector of the
point A is 2iˆ 3ˆj 4kˆ , then position vector of the point B is [1]
12 12
(A) 0 (B) 12 (C) (D)
13 13
11. Equation of a line passing through point (1, 1, 1) and parallel to z-axis is [1]
x y z x 1 y 1 z 1
(A) (B)
1 1 1 1 1 1
x y z 1 x 1 y 1 z 1
(C) (D)
0 0 1 0 0 1
12. If the sum of numbers obtained on throwing a pair of dice is 9, then the probability that number
obtained on one of the dice is 4, is [1]
1 4 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
9 9 18 2
tan x 1
13. Anti-derivative of with respect to x is [1]
tan x 1
(A) sec 2 x c (B) sec 2 x c (C) log sec x c (D) log sec x c
4 4 4 4
14. If (a, b), (c, d) and (e, f) are the vertices of ABC and denotes the area of ABC, then
2
a c e
b d f is equal to [1]
1 1 1
(A) 22 (B) 42 (C) 2 (D) 4
15. The function f(x) = x |x| is : [1]
(A) Continuous and differentiable at x = 0. (B) Continuous but not differentiable at x = 0.
(C) differentiable but not continuous at x = 0. (D) neither differentiable nor continuous at x = 0.
xy dy
16. If tan = k, then is equal to [1]
xy dx
y y y y
(A) (B) (C) sec 2 (D) sec2
x x x x
E 219
17. The objective function Z = ax + by of an LPP has maximum value 42 at (4, 6) and minimum
value 19 at (3, 2). Which of the following is true ? [1]
(A) a = 9, b = 1 (B) a = 5, b = 2 (C) a = 3, b = 5 (D) a = 5, b = 3
18. The corner points of the feasible region of a linear programming problem are (0, 4), (8, 0) and
20 4
3 , 3 . If Z = 30x + 24y is the objective function, then (maximum value of Z – minimum value
of Z) is equal to [1]
(A) 40 (B) 96 (C) 120 (D) 136
In the following question 19 & 20, a statement of Assertion (A) is followed by a statement of
Reason (R).
Choose the correct answer out of the following choices :
(A) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct explanation of (A).
(B) Both (A) and (R) are true, but (R) is not the correct explanation of (A).
(C) (A) is true but (R) is false.
(D) (A) is false but (R) is true.
19. Assertion (A) : Maximum value of (cos–1 x)2 is 2.
Reason (R) : Range of the principal value branch of cos–1 x is , . [1]
2 2
20. Assertion (A) : If a line makes angle , , with positive direction of the coordinate axes, then
sin2 + sin2 + sin2 = 2
Reason (R) : The sum of squares of the direction cosines of a line is 1. [1]
SECTION-B
This section comprises of Very Short Answer Type questions (VSA) of 2 marks each.
3
21. (a) Evaluate sin–1 sin + cos–1 (cos ) + tan–1 (1). [2]
4
OR
(b) Draw the graph of cos–1x, where x [–1, 0]. Also, write its range.
22. A particle moves along the curve 3y = ax3 + 1 such that at a point with x-coordinate
1, y-coordinate is changing twice as fast at x-coordinate. Find the value of a. [2]
23. If a, b, c are three non-zero unequal vectors such that a · b = a · c , then find the angle between
a and b – c . [2]
220 E
x y 1 z 1
24. Find the coordinates of points on line which are at a distance of 11 units from
1 2 2
origin. [2]
2
d 2 y dy
25. (a) If y = ax b, prove that y 2 0 [2]
dx dx
OR
ax b ;0 x 1
(b) If f(x) = 2 is a differentiable function in (0, 2), then find the value of
2x x;1 x 2
a and b.
SECTION-C
This section comprises Short Answer type questions (SA) of 3 marks each.
/4
OR
dx
(b) Find sin 3 x cos(x )
1– x x 2
27. Find e cot –1 x
dx. [3]
1 x
2
log 3
1
28. Evaluate e x
e –x
e x
– e– x
dx [3]
log 2
30. (a) Two balls are drawn at random one by one with replacement from an urn containing equal
number of red balls and green balls. Find the probability distribution of number of red
balls. Also, find the mean of the random variable. [3]
OR
(b) A and B throw a die alternately till one of them gets a ‘6’ and wins the game. Find their
respective probabilities of wining, if A starts the game first.
E 221
31. Solve the following linear programming problem graphically :
Minimize : Z = 5x + 10y
Subject to constraints : x + 2y 120, x + y 60, x – 2y 0,
x 0, y [3]
SECTION-D
This section comprises Long Answer type question (LA) of 5 marks each.
–3 –2 –4 1 2 0
32. (a)
If A 2 1 2 , B –2 –1 –2 , then find AB and use it to solve the following
2 1 3 0 –1 1
system of equations :
x – 2y = 3
2x – y – z = 2
–2y + z = 3 [5]
OR
cos – sin 0
(b) If f() sin cos 0 , prove that f(). f(–) = f(– )
0 0 1
33. (a) Find the equations of the diagonals of the parallelogram PQRS whose vertices are
P(4, 2, –6), Q(5, –3,1), R(12, 4, 5) and S(11, 9, – 2).
Use these equations to find the point of intersection of diagonals. [5]
OR
x y z
(b) A line l passes through point (–1, 3, –2) and is perpendicular to both the lines
1 2 3
x 2 y –1 z 1
and . Find the vector equation of the line l. Hence obtain its distance
–3 2 5
from origin.
34. Using integration, find the area of region bounded by line y 3x , the curve y 4 – x 2 and
y-axis in first quadrant. [5]
35. A function f : [– 4, 4] [0, 4] is given by f (x) 16 – x 2 . Show that f is an onto function but
not a one-one function. Further, find all possible values of ‘a’ for which f (a) 7 . [5]
222 E
SECTION-E
This section comprises 3 source based/case-based/passage based/integrated units of assessment
questions of 4 marks each.
36. Engine displacement is the measure of the cylinder volume swept by all the pistons of a piston
engine. The piston moves inside the cylinder bore
The cylinder bore in the form of circular cylinder open at the top is to be made from a metal sheet
of area 75cm2.
Based on the above information, answer the following questions :
(i) If the radius of cylinder is r cm and height is h cm, then write the volume V of cylinder in
terms of radius r. [1]
dV
(ii) Find . [1]
dr
(iii) (a) Find the radius of cylinder when its volume is maximum. [2]
OR
(b) For maximum volume, h > r. State true or false and justify. [2]
37. Recent studies suggest that roughly 12% of the world population is left handed.
Depending upon the parents, the chances of having a left handed child are as follows :
A : When both father and mother are left handed :
Chances of left handed child is 24%.
B : When father is right handed and mother is left handed :
Chances of left handed child is 22%.
C : When father is left handed and mother is right handed :
Chances of left handed child is 17%.
D : When both father and mother are right handed :
chances of left handed child is 9%.
E 223
1
Assuming that P(A) = P(B) = P(C) = P(D) = and L denotes the event that child is left handed.
4
Based on the above information, answer the following questions :
(i) Find P(L/C) [1]
(ii) Find P(L / A) [1]
(iii) (a) Find P(A/L) [2]
OR
(b) Find the probability that a randomly selected child is left handed given that exactly one
of the parents is left handed. [2]
38. The use of electric vehicles will curb air pollution in the long run.
The use of electric vehicles is increasing every year and estimated electric vehicles in use at any
time t is given by the function V :
1 5
V(t) t 3 – t 2 25t – 2
5 2
where t represents the time and t = 1, 2, 3 …. corresponds to year 2001, 2002, 2003, ….respectively.
Based on the above information, answer the following questions :
(i) Can the above function be used to estimate number of vehicles in the year 2000 ? Justify. [2]
(ii) Prove that the function V(t) is an increasing function. [2]
224 E
SECTION-A
0 1
1. (C) A
0 0
0 1 0 1 0 0
A2 A A
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 2021 0 0
A2023 = A 2 A 2021 · A 0 0 [1]
0 0
2 0
2. (B) 5 4 = P + Q
2 0
Let A =
5 4
A=P+Q
1 1
A (A A) (A A)
2 2
1 1 2 0 2 5 1 0 5 0 5 / 2
Q (A A) [1]
2
2 5 4 0 4 2 5 0 5 / 2 0
ax 2
f(x) bx C
2
f(0) = C = 0
ax2
f(x) bx [1]
2
E 225
dy
6. (B) sin x cos y 2
dx
dy
cos y 2 sin x
dx
dy
cos 1 y 2 sin x
dx
Degree = 1 [1]
dx
7. (D) (1 y 2 ) yx ay , –1 < y < 1
dy
dx y ay dx
x· This is linear differential equation of the form, Px Q , where
dy 1 y 1 y
2 2
dy
y ay
P and Q
1 y 2
1 y2
y
2 dy 1
I.F. = e
P . dy
= e 1 y Put 1 – y2 = t – 2ydy = dt ydy = dt
2
1 dt 1
log t 1/2
I.F. e 2 t
e 2
e log(t)
1 1
I.F. [1]
t 1 y 2
8. (D) PQ OQ OP
PQ (4iˆ 4 ˆj 7k)
ˆ (2iˆ ˆj k)
ˆ
9. OA OB A
C
B
(B) OC 2OC OA OB
2
OB 2OC OA
2 3iˆ 2ˆj 3kˆ 2iˆ 3jˆ 4kˆ
O
4iˆ ˆj 2kˆ [1]
226 E
12. (D) Let E : Number obtained on one of the dice is 4.
E = {(1, 4), (2, 4), (3, 4), (5, 4), (6, 4), (4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 5), (4, 6)}
F : Sum of numbers a pair of dice is 9
F = {(6, 3), (3, 6), (5, 4), (4, 5)}
2
P(E F) 36 1
P(E/F) = [1]
P(F) 4 2
36
tan x 1 1 tan x
13. (C) Let I dx dx tan x dx
tan x 1 1 tan x 4
log sec x
4
C log sec x C [1]
1 4
a b 1
1
14. (B) c d 1
2
e f 1
a b 1 a c e
c d 1 2 b d f 2 [ |A'| = |A|] [1]
e f 1 1 1 1
2
a c e
b d f 42
1 1 1
x2 ; x 0
15. (A) f(x) x | x | 2 [1]
x ; x 0
f(0 h) f(0) h2 0
f (0 ) lim lim 0R Y
h 0 h h 0 h
f(0 h) f(0) h 2 0
f (0 ) lim lim 0R
h 0 h h 0 h X' X
x=0
f (0 ) f (0 )
So f(x) is differentiable at x = 0.
Y'
Also f(x) is continuous at x = 0
E 227
xy xy
16. (B) tan = k tan 1 k
xy xy
Differentiate w.r.t. x
dy dy
(x y) 1 (x y) 1 0
dx dx
dy dy 2y y
(x y) (x y) (x y) (x y) [1]
dx dx 2x x
17. (C) Z = ax + by
Let A (4, 6), B(3, 2)
ZA = 42, ZB = 19
4a + 6b = 42 …..(1)
and 3a + 2b = 19 …..(2)
from Equation (1) & (2)
a = 3, b = 5 [1]
18. (Bonus)
/2
[1]
X' X
–1 0
Y'
Range of f(x) is , [1]
2
dy dx dy
22. Given cure, 3y = ax3 + 1, x = 1 and 2 2
dt dt dx
Now, differentiating 3y = ax3 + 1 w.r.t. x
3dy
3ax 2 [1]
dx
3 × 2 = 3a(1)2 x 1
6 = 3a a = 2 [1]
23. Given that, a · b = a · c …..(1)
a·(b c)
Let angle between a and b – c be then, cos
|a | bc
a · ba ·c
cos [1½]
|a | bc
a, b, c 0 and b c
cos 0 cos [from equation (1)]
2
[½]
2
E 229
Aliter :
Given that, a · b = a · c
a.(b c) 0
a b c) [½]
Hence angle between a and b c) is . [1½]
2
x y 1 z 1
24. Given line is = (let)
1 2 2
Let arbitrary point on line is P( 2+ 1, 2 – 1) [½]
According to question OP 11
f(1) = a + b
a+b=1 …..(1) [½]
230 E
Now, f(x) is differentiable at x = 1
f (1 ) f (1 )
lim
2(1 h) 2
(1 h) (a b)
lim
a(1 h) b (a b)
h 0 h h 0 h
2h 2 3h (1 a b) ah
lim lim
h 0 h h 0 h
h(2h 3) (1 a b)
lim a
h 0 h
1 a b
lim(2h 3) lim a [1]
h 0 h 0 h
1 1
lim(2h 3) lim a [From eq.(1)]
h 0 h 0 h
SECTION-C
26. (a) Let I 4 log 1 tan x dx ..…(1)
0
f x dx f a x dx
I 4 log 1 tan x dx
a a
[½]
0
4 0 0
tan tan x
1 tan x
I 4
log 1 4
dx I 04 log 1 1 tan x dx
0
1 tan tan x
4
2
I 4 log dx I 4
log 2dx 4
log 1 tan x dx [1½]
0
1 tan x 0 0
I 4 log 2 dx I [From (1)]
0
2I x log 204 2I log 2 I log 2 [1]
4 8
E 231
OR
dx
(b) Let I =
sin x cos(x )
3
dx
I =
sin 3 x(cos x·cos sin x·sin )
dx
I =
sin x(cot x·cos sin )
4
cosec 2 x dx
I = [1]
cot x·cos sin
2t dt
Put cot x· cos + sin = t2 –cosec2 x · cos dx = 2t dt cosec2x dx = [½]
cos
1 2t dt 2 2t
I
cos t2
I
cos dt
cos
c [½]
1
Put cot 1 x t dx dt and x = cot t [1]
1 x2
I = e t (cosec 2 t cot t) dt
1
I = xe cot x
c [1]
log 3
1
28. Let I= e x
e –x
e x
– e– x
dx
log 2
log 3 log 3
e2x e 2x
I =
dx I =
dx
2
log 2 e2x 1 e2x 1 log 2 e 2x 1
1
Put e2x = t e2x dx = dt; when x = log 3 then t = 3; when x = log 2 then t = 2 [1½]
2
3
1 dt
2 2 t 2 1
Now, I [1½]
232 E
29. (a) Given differential equation is (xy – x2)dy = y2 dx.
dy y2 dy dv
Put y = vx and vx [1]
dx xy x 2 dx dx
dv v2 x2 dv v2 dv v2
vx 2 v x x v
dx vx x 2 dx v 1 dx v 1
dv v 2 v 2 v dv v v 1 dx
x x dv [½]
dx v 1 dx v 1 v x
On integrating both sides
v 1 dx
dv
v x
1 dx
1 v dv x
v – log v = log x + log C [1]
y y
log log x log C ( y = vx)
x x
y y y
log log x log C log Cy
x x x
1
Cy e y/x y Ce y /x C [½]
C
OR
dy
(b) Given differential equation is x 2 1 2xy x 2 4
dx
dy 2xy x2 4
[½]
dx 1 x 2 1 x2
dy
This is linear differential equation of the form Py Q ,
dx
2x x2 4
where P and Q
1 x2 1 x2
2x
2 dx
Now, I.F. = e e 1 x e log(1 x )
Pdx 2
[1]
I.F. = 1 + x2
Solution of given differential equation is given by
y (I.F.) = Q.(I.F.) dx
x2 4
y(1 x 2 ) (1 x 2 ) dx [½]
1 x2
y(1 x 2 ) x 2 4 dx
x
y(1 x 2 )
2 x 2 4 2 log x x 2 4 C [1]
E 233
30. (a) Let X = No. of red balls
X = 0, 1 or 2
X P(X) X·P(X)
1 1 1
0 0
2 2 4
1 1 2 1 1 [2]
1
4 4 4 2 2
1 1 1 1
2
2 2 4 2
1 1
Mean = E(X) = (X).P(X) = 1 [1]
2 2
OR
(b) Let S denote the success (getting a '6') and F denote the failure (not getting a '6')
1 5
P(S) = , P(F) =
6 6
1
P(A wins in the first throw) = P(S) =
6
A gets the third throw, when the first throw by A and second thrown by B result into
failures.
1 1 1
6
= 6 6 [1½]
5
2
25 11 11
1 1
6 36 36
6 5
P(B wins) = 1 – P(A wins) = 1 [½]
11 11
234 E
31. Minimize Z 5x 10y
Subject to constraints x 2y 120 , x y 60 , x 0 , x 2y 0
Scale :
Y
On X-axis 1 cm = 20 units
On Y-axis 1 cm = 20 units
120
100
80
60
40
20
A(60, 0) B (120, 0)
[2]
X' X
O 20 40 60 80 100 120
Y' x + 2y = 120
x + y = 60
SECTION-D
–3 –2 –4 1 2 0
32. (a)
Given, A 2 1 2 , B –2 –1 –2
2 1 3 0 –1 1
–3 –2 –4 1 2 0 1 0 0
AB 2 1 2 –2 –1 –2 0 1 0 [1]
2 1 3 0 –1 1 0 0 1
AB = I i.e. A = B–1 …..(1) [1]
E 235
Now, given system of equation, is
x – 2y = 3
2x – y – z = 2
–2y + z = 3
This system can be written in matrix equation form as
1 2 0 x 3
2 –1 –1 y 2 [½]
0 –2 1 z 3
B TX = C
X = (BT)–1 C = (B–1)T C [ (A T )1 (A 1 )T ]
x = 1, y = –1, z = 1 [1]
OR
cos – sin 0
(b) Given, f() sin cos 0
0 0 1
cos( ) sin( ) 0
f()·f() sin( ) cos( ) 0
0 0 1
236 E
33. (a) Given, the vertices of parallelogram PQRS are P(4, 2, –6), Q(5, –3,1), R(12, 4, 5) and
S(11, 9, – 2).
x4 y2 z6 x4 y2 z6
Equation of diagonal PR is i.e. [1]
12 4 4 2 5 6 8 2 11
x 5 y 3 z 1 x 5 y 3 z 1
Equation of diagonal QS is i.e. [1]
11 5 9 3 2 1 6 12 3
Now, the coordinates of any point on diagonal PR is T(8 + 4, 2 + 2, 11 – 6) [½]
if point T also lies on the diagonal QS, then
(8 4) 5 (2 2) 3 (11 6) 1 8 1 2 5 11 7
6 12 3 6 12 3
1
On solving , we get : [1½]
2
Hence, the point of intersection of diagonals PR and QS is
1 1 1 1
T 8 4, 2 2, 11 6 i.e. T 8, 3, [1]
2 2 2 2
OR
x 1 y 3 z 2
(b) Equation of a line l passes through point (–1, 3, –2) is …..(1)
a b c
x y z x 2 y –1 z 1
If line l is perpendicular to lines and both, then
1 2 3 –3 2 5
a + 2b + 3c = 0 …..(2)
and –3a + 2b + 5c = 0 …..(3) [1]
from equation (2) and (3)
a b c a b c
i.e.
10 6 9 5 2 6 4 14 8
So, dr's of line l are 4, – 14, 8 i.e. 2, –7, 4
x 1 y 3 z 2
eq. of line l in cartesian form is [1]
2 7 4
Equation of line l in vector form is r (ˆi 3ˆj 2k)
ˆ (2iˆ 7ˆj 4k)
ˆ
E 237
Aliter :
| b (a 2 a1 ) |
Distance of line (l) from origin (0, 0, 0) is D =
|b|
ˆ ˆi 3jˆ 2kˆ 0iˆ 0 ˆj 0kˆ
(2iˆ 7ˆj 4k)
D=
ˆ ˆ ˆ
| 2i 7 j 4k |
| 2iˆ kˆ | 5
D= units [2]
| 2iˆ 7ˆj 4kˆ | 69
34. Given, line y 3x …..(1)
curve y 4 – x 2 .…(2)
from equation (1) and (2)
Y
4 x2 3x A (0,2)
P
C B
4 – x2 = 3x2
x2 = 1 X' X
O
x= 1
0 3 3 2 3 0 2 2 2 3
3 3 3 3 2
0 2· 2· sq. units [2½]
2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
238 E
Here, 16 – y2 0
(4 – y) (4 + y) 0
(y – 4) (y + 4) 0
– 4 y 4 and y 0
So, y [0, 4]
Therefore range of f = [0, 4] = codomain of f. [2]
So, function f is onto function.
if f(x) 7
16 a2 7 16 – a2 = 7 a2 = 9 a ± 3 [1]
SECTION-E
36. Given r and h be the radius and height of cylinder bore open at top.
Then, r 2 2rh 75 cm 2 (given)
75 r 2
r2 + 2rh = 75 h = …..(1)
2r
(i) V = r2h
75 r 2
V r 2 = 75r r [from equation (i)]
3
…..(2) [1]
2r 2
(ii) Differential equation (ii) w.r.t. r
dV
[75 3r 2 ] [1]
dr 2
dV
(iii) (a) For maximum volume 0 [75 3r 2 ] 0 r2 = 25 r = 5
dr 2
d2V d2V
Now, [ 6r] 2
30 0
dr 2
2 dr r 5 2
Hence, volume is maximum at r = 5 [2]
OR
dV
(b) For maximum volume 0
dr
[75 3r 2 ] 0 r2 = 25 r = 5
2
d2V d2V
Now, [ 6r] 2 30 0
dr 2
2 dr r 5 2
Hence, volume is maximum at r = 5 [1½]
75 r 2 75 25
h h 5 [from eq.(1)]
2r 10
Here, h = r i.e. h > r is false. [½]
E 239
37. Given events are
A : When both father and mother are left handed :
Chances of left handed child is 24%.
B : When father is right handed and mother is left handed :
Chances of left handed child is 22%.
C : When father is left handed and mother is right handed :
Chances of left handed child is 17%.
D : When both father and mother are right handed :
Chances of left handed child is 9%.
1
P(A) = P(B) = P(C) = P(D) = and L : Child is left handed.
4
24 22 17 9
Now, P(L/A) = , P(L/B) = , P(L/C) = , P(L/D) =
100 100 100 100
17
(i) P(L/C) = 17% = [1]
100
24 76
(ii) P(L / A) = 1 – P(L/A) = 1 [1]
100 100
P(A) · P(L / A)
(iii) (a) P(A/L) =
P(A) · P(L / A) P(B) · P(L / B) P(C) · P(L / C) P(D) · P(L / D)
1 24
4 100 24 24 1
P(A/L) = = [2]
1 24 1 22 1 17 1 9 24 22 17 9 72 3
4 100 4 100 4 100 4 100
OR
22 17 39
(b) Required probability = P(L/B C) = [2]
100 100 100
1 5
38. Given that, V(t) t 3 – t 2 25t – 2 …..(1)
5 2
where t represents the time and t = 1, 2, 3 …. corresponds to year 2001, 2002, 2003,
….respectively.
(i) When t = 0, then V(0) = –2
that means there is no vehicles are used in the year 2000. [2]
(ii) Differentiating equation (i) w.r.t. t
3 3 25 125
V(t) t 2 5t 25 = t 2 t
5 5 3 3
3 2 25 25 25 125 3 25 875
2 2 2
V(t) t t t
5 3 6 6 3 5 6 36
V(t) 0 t 1,2,3.......
Hence, V(t) is increasing function. [2]
240 E
CBSE SAMPLE PAPER (2023-24)
SUBJECT: MATHEMATICS (CODE-041)
General Instructions :
1. This Question paper contains - five sections A, B, C, D and E. Each section is compulsory.
However, there are internal choices in some questions.
2. Section A has 18 MCQ’s and 02 Assertion-Reason based questions of 1 mark each.
3. Section B has 5 Very Short Answer (VSA)-type questions of 2 marks each.
4. Section C has 6 Short Answer (SA)-type questions of 3 marks each.
5. Section D has 4 Long Answer (LA)-type questions of 5 marks each.
6. Section E has 3 source based/case based/passage based/integrated units of assessment
of 4 marks each with sub-parts.
SECTION–A
(Multiple Choice Questions)
Each question carries 1 mark
1.
If A a ij is a square matrix of order 2 such that a ij
1, when i j
0, when i j
, then A2 is
1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
2. If A and B are invertible square matrices of the same order, then which of the following is not
correct?
(a) adjA = |A|.A–1 (b) det (A)–1 = [det(A)]–1
(c) (AB)–1 = B–1 A–1 (d) (A + B)–1 = B–1 + A–1
3. If the area of the triangle with vertices (–3, 0), (3, 0) and (0, k) is 9 sq. units, then the value/s of k
will be
(a) 9 (b) ± 3 (c) –9 (d) 6
kx
, if x 0
4. If f(x) | x | is continuous at x = 0 , then the value of k is
3, if x 0
(a) −3 (b) 0 (c) 3 (d) any real number
5. The lines r ˆi ˆj kˆ (2iˆ 3ˆj 6k)
ˆ and r 2iˆ ˆj kˆ (6iˆ 9ˆj 18k)
ˆ ; (where & are
scalars) are
(a) coincident (b) skew (c) intersecting (d) parallel
E 241
3
dy 2 2 d 2 y
6. The degree of the differential equation 1 is
dx dx
3
(a) 4 (b) (c) 2 (d) Not defined
2
7. The corner points of the bounded feasible region determined by a system of linear constraints are
(0, 3), (1, 1) and (3, 0). Let Z = px + qy, where p, q > 0. The condition on p and q so that the
minimum of Z occurs at (3, 0) and (1, 1) is
q
(a) p = 2q (b) p (c) p = 3q (d) p = q
2
(a) (2x + 1)2 (b) 0 (c) (2x + 1)3 (d) None of these
11. The feasible region corresponding to the linear constraints of a Linear Programming Problem is
given below.
5 (0,5)
4
3
(0,2) 2
1
(1,0) (2,0) (10,0)
X' X
O 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
x+2y=10
x+y=2
Y'
Which of the following is not a constraint to the given Liner Programming Problem?
(a) x + y 2 (b) x + 2y 10 (c) x – y 1 (d) x – y 1
242 E
12. If a 4iˆ 6ˆj and b 3ˆj 4kˆ , then the vector form of the component of a along b is
18 ˆ ˆ 18 ˆ ˆ 18 ˆ ˆ 18 ˆ ˆ
(a) (3i 4k) (b) (3 j 4k) (c) (3i 4k) (d) (2i 4 j)
5 25 5 25
13. Given that A is a square matrix of order 3 and |A| = –2, then |adj (2A) | is equal to
(a) –26 (b) 4 (c) –28 (d) 28
1 1 1
14. A problem in Mathematics is given to three students whose chances of solving it are , ,
2 3 4
respectively. If the events of their solving the problem are independent then the probability that
the problem will be solved, is
1 1 1 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 3 2 4
15. The general solution of the differential equation ydx – xdy = 0; (Given x, y > 0), is of the form
(a) xy = c (b) x = c y2 (c) y = c x (d) y = cx2
(Where 'c' is an arbitrary positive constant of integration)
16. The value of for which two vectors 2iˆ ˆj 2kˆ and 3iˆ ˆj kˆ are perpendicular is
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8
17. The set of all points where the function f(x) = x + |x| is differentiable, is
(a) (0, ) (b) (–, 0) (c) (–, 0) (0, (d) (–, )
1 1 1
18. If the direction cosines of a line are , , , then
c c c
(a) 0 < c < 1 (b) c > 2 (c) c 2 (d) c 3
E 243
20. Assertion (A) : The relation f :{1, 2, 3, 4} {x, y, z, p} defined by f = {(1, x), (2,y), (3, z)} is a
bijective function.
Reason (R) : The relation f :{1, 2, 3} {x, y, z, p} such that f = {(1, x), (2,y), (3, z)} is
one-one.
SECTION–BON – B
[This section comprises of very short answer type questions (VSA) of 2 marks each]
33
21. Find the value of sin 1 cos .
5
OR
Find the domain of sin–1(x2 – 4).
22. Find the interval/s in which the function f : defined by f(x) = xex, is increasing.
1
23. If f(x) ; x , then find the maximum value of f(x).
4x 2x 1
2
OR
Find the maximum profit that a company can make, if the profit function is given by
P(x) = 72 + 42x – x2, where x is the number of units and P is the profit in rupees.
1
2x
24. Evaluate : log
1
e
2x
dx .
25. Check whether the function f : defined by f(x) = x3 + x, has any critical point/s or not ?
If yes, then find the point/s.
SECTION–C
[This section comprises of short answer type questions (SA) of 3 marks each]
2x 2 3
26. Evaluate: x2 (x2 9) dx ; x 0
27. The random variable X has a probability distribution P(X) of the following form, where 'k ' is
some real number:
k, if x 0
2k, if x 1
P(X)
3k, if x 2
0, otherwise
244 E
x
28. Evaluate : 1 x3
dx ; x (0, 1)
OR
4
Evaluate : log (1 tan x) dx
0
e
xy
x
29. Solve the differential equation: ye dx xe y 2 dy, (y 0)
y
OR
dy
Solve the differential equation: (cos2 x) y tan x ; 0 x
dx 2
30. Solve the following Linear Programming Problem graphically:
Minimize: z = x + 2 y,
subject to the constraints: x + 2y 100, 2x – y 0, 2x + y 200, x, y 0.
OR
Solve the following Linear Programming Problem graphically:
Maximize: z = –x + 2y,
subject to the constraints: x 3, x + y 5, x + 2y 6, y 0.
y 2
d2y a
31. If (a bx)e x then prove that x 2
x
.
dx a bx
SECTION–D
[This section comprises of long answer type questions (LA) of 5 marks each]
32. Make a rough sketch of the region {(x, y) : 0 y x2 + 1, 0 y x + 1, 0 x 2} and find the
33. Let be the set of all natural numbers and R be a relation on × defined by
(a,b) R (c,d) ad = bc for all (a, b), (c, d) × . Show that R is equivalence relation on
× . Also, find the equivalence class of (2, 6), i.e., [(2, 6)].
OR
x
Show that the function f : {x : 1 x 1} defined by f(x) , x is one-one
1 | x |
E 245
34. Using the matrix method, solve the following system of linear equations :
2 3 10 4 6 5 6 9 20
4 , 1, 2
x y z x y z x y z
35. Find the coordinates of the image of the point (1, 6, 3) with respect to the line
r (ˆj 2k)
ˆ (iˆ 2ˆj 3k)
ˆ ; where '' is a scalar. Also, find the distance of the image from the
y-axis.
OR
An aeroplane is flying along the line r (iˆ ˆj k)
ˆ ; where '' is a scalar and another aeroplane is
should they reach, so that the distance between them is the shortest? Find the shortest possible
distance between them.
SECTION–E
[This section comprises of 3 case- study/passage based questions of 4 marks each with sub parts.
The first two case study questions have three sub parts (i), (ii), (iii) of marks 1, 1, 2 respectively.
The third case study question has two sub parts of 2 marks each.)
36. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:
In an Office three employees James, Sophia and Oliver process incoming copies of a certain
form. James processes 50%of the forms, Sophia processes 20% and Oliver the remaining 30%
of the forms. James has an error rate of 0.06, Sophia has an error rate of 0.04 and Oliver has an
error rate of 0.03.
Based on the above information, answer the following questions.
(i) Find the probability that Sophia processed the form and committed an error.
(ii) Find the total probability of committing an error in processing the form.
(iii) The manager of the Company wants to do a quality check. During inspection, he selects
246 E
a form at random from the days output of processed form. If the form selected at
random has an error, find the probability that the form is not processed by James.
OR
(iii) Let E be the event of committing an error in processing the form and let E 1,E2 and E3
be the events that James, Sophia and Oliver processed the form. Find the value of
3
P E E .
i 1
i
37. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below:
Teams A, B, C went for playing a tug of war game. Teams A, B, C have attached a rope to a
metal ring and is trying to pull the ring into their own area.
Team A pulls with force F1 6iˆ 0ˆj kN ,
C c
3 ˆ
Team B pulls with force F2 4iˆ 4ˆj kN i
3 jˆ
Team C pulls with force F3 3iˆ 3jˆ kN a 6iˆ 0 ˆj
A
(i) What is the magnitude of the force of Team A?
4 jˆ
(ii) Which team will win the game?
iˆ
4
(iii) Find the magnitude of the resultant force exerted by B
the teams b
OR
(iii) In what direction is the ring getting pulled?
38. Read the following passage and answer the questions given below :
The relation between the height of the plant ('y' in cm) with respect to its exposure to the sunlight
1
is governed by the following equation y 4x x 2 , where 'x' is the number of days exposed to
2
the sunlight, for x 3.
(i) Find the rate of growth of the plant with respect to the number of days exposed to the
sunlight.
(ii) Does the rate of growth of the plant increase or decrease in the first three days?
What will be the height of the plant after 2 days?
E 247
IMPORTANT NOTES
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
248 E
CBSE SAMPLE PAPER (SOLUTIONS)
SUBJECT: MATHEMATICS (CODE-041)
SECTION – A
0 1 , 2 1 0
1. (d) A A
1 0 0 1
2. (d) (A + B)–1 = B–1 + A–1
3 0 1
1
3. (b) Area 3 0 1 , given that the area = 9 sq. units
2
0 k 1
3 0 1
1
9 3 0 1 ; expanding along C2, we get k = ± 3
2
0 k 1
4. (a) Since, f is continuous at x = 0, therefore,
L.H.L. = R.H.L. = f(0) = a finite quantity.
lim f(x) lim f(x) f(0)
x 0 x 0
kx
lim lim 3 3 k = –3
x 0 x x 0
5. (d) Vectors 2iˆ 3ˆj 6kˆ and 6iˆ 9ˆj 18kˆ are parallel and the fixed point ˆi ˆj kˆ on the line
EA EC 0 …..(1)
C
and EB ED 0 …..(2)
Addition (1) and (2). we get EA EB EC ED 0
E 249
9. (b) Method 1 :
2
f(x) esin x cos3 (2n 1)x
2 2
( x)
f( x) esin cos3 (2n 1)( x) esin x cos3 (2n 1)x f(x)
e cos (2n 1)x dx 0 , as if f is integrable in [0, 2a] and f(2a – x) = –f(x) then
2
sin x 3
2a
f(x) dx 0
0
Method 2 :
Let I = esin x cos3 (2n 1)x dx
2
…..(1)
0
a a
I = esin 0 0 f(a x) dx
2
( x)
cos3 (2n 1)( x) dx Using f(x) dx
0
I = esin x cos3 (2n 1)x dx
2
…..(2)
0
250 E
ydx xdy x 1
15. (c) Method 1: ydx – xdy = 0 2
0 d 0 x y y = cx
y y c
dy dx dy dx
Method 2: ydx – xdy = 0 ydx = xdy
y
x
; on integrating y
x
loge |y| = loge |x| + loge |c|
since x, y, c > 0 , we write loge y = loge x + loge c loge y = loge cx y = cx
16. (d) Dot product of two mutually perpendicular vectors is zero.
2 × 3 + (–1) + 2 × 1 = 0 = 8.
17. (c) Method 1 :
f(x) x x 2x, x 0
0 ,x0
Y
y = 2x, x 0
y = 0, x <0
X' X
O
Y'
There is a sharp corner at x = 0, so f(x) is not differentiable at x = 0.
Method 2: Lf ' (0) = 0 & Rf ' (0) = 2; so, the function is not differentiable at x = 0
For x 0, f(x) = 2x (linear function) & when x < 0, f (x) = 0 (constant function)
Hence f (x) is differentiable when x (–, 0) (0,
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
18. (d) We know, l2 + m2 + n2 = 1 1 3 1 c 3
c c c c
d
19. (a) f(x) (x 1)3 (x 3)2
dx
Assertion : f(x) has a minimum at x = 1 is true as
d d
f(x) 0, x (1 h,1) and f(x) 0, x (1,1 h) ;
dx dx
where, 'h' is an 'h' is an infinitesimally small positive quantity , which is in accordance with
the Reason statement.
20. (d) Assertion is false. As element 4 has no image under f, so relation f is not a function.
Reason is true. The given function f :{1, 2, 3} {x, y, z, p} is one-one, as for each
a {1, 2, 3}, there is different image in {x, y, z, p} under f.
E 251
SECTION – BON – B
33 3 3 3
21. sin 1 cos 1 1 1
= sin cos 6 = sin cos cos cos [1]
5 5 5 2 5
3
= [1]
2 5 10
OR
–1 (x2 – 4) 1 3 x2 5 3 | x | 5 [1]
When x [–1, ), (x + 1) 0 and ex > 0 f (x) 0 f(x) increase in this interval.
2
1 1 3 1 3 3
Let g(x) 4x 2x 1 4 x 2 2x 4 x
2
[1½]
4 16 4 4 4 4
4
Maximum value of f(x) . [½]
3
1
Method 2 : f(x) , let g(x) = 4x2 + 2x + 1
4x 2x 1
2
d 1 d2
g(x) g(x) 8x 2 and g(x) 0 at x also 2 g(x) g(x) 8 0 [1]
dx 4 dx
1 1
g(x) is minimum when x so, f(x) is maximum at x [½]
4 4
1 1 4
Maximum value of f(x) f [½]
4 1
2
1 3
4 2 1
4 4
1
Method 3 : f(x)
4x 2x 1
2
(8x 2)
On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get f (x) …..(1) [½]
(4x 2 2x 1)2
1
For maxima or minima, we put f (x) 0 8x + 2 = 0 x [½]
4
252 E
Again, differentiating equation (i) w.r.t. x, we get
(4x2 2x 1)2 (8) (8x 2)2 (4x 2 2x 1)(8x 2)
f (x) [½]
(4x2 2x 1)4
1 1
At x , f 0
4 4
1
f(x) is maximum at x .
4
1 1 4
Maximum value of f(x) is f [½]
4 1
2
1 3
4 2 1
4 4
1
Method 4 : f(x) 2
4x 2x 1
(8x 2)
On differentiating w.r.t. x, we get f (x) …..(1) [½]
(4x 2 2x 1)2
1
For maxima or minima, we put f (x) 0 8x + 2 = 0 x [½]
4
1 1
When x h , , where 'h' is infinitesimally small positive quantity.
4 4
4x < –1 8x < –2 8x + 2 < 0 –(8x + 2) > 0 and (4x2 + 2x + 1)2 > 0 f (x) 0
1 1
and when x , h , 4x > – 1 8x > – 2 8x + 2 > 0 –(8x + 2) < 0
4 4
1
and (4x2 + 2x + 1)2 > 0 f (x) 0 . This shows that x is the point of local maxima. [½]
4
1 1 4
Maximum value of f(x) is f 2 [½]
4 1 1 3
4 2 1
4 4
OR
For maxima and minima, P (x) = 0 42 – 2x = 0 [½]
x = 21 and P(x) = –2 < 0.
So, P(x) is maximum at x = 21 [½]
The maximum value of P(x) = 72 + (42 × 21) – (21)2 = 513, i.e., the maximum profit is Rs.513. [1]
2x
24. Let f(x) loge
2x
2x 2x
We have, f(x) loge loge f(x) [1]
2x 2x
1
2x
So, f(x) is an odd function. log
1
e
2x
dx = 0 [1]
E 253
25. f(x) = x3 + x, for all x .
d
f(x) f (x) 3x 2 1 for all x , x2 0 f (x) 0 . [1½]
dx
Hence, no critical point exists. [½]
SECTION – CON
2x 2 3
x2 (x2 9) . Put, x = t
2
26. Let I = [½]
2t 3 A B 1 5
So, (by using partial fraction), we get A and B [1]
t(t 9) t t 9 3 3
2x 2 3 1 dx 5 dx
x2 (x 2 9) dx 3 x 2 3 x 2 9 [½]
1 5 1 x
tan c [1]
3x 9 3
1
27. We have, (i) P(X ) 1 k + 2k + 3k = 1 k 6
i [1]
1 1
(ii) P(X < 2) = P(X = 0) + P(X = 1) = k + 2k = 3k = 3 × . [1]
6 2
(iii) P(X > 2) = 0 [1]
3
x 3 12
28. Let I dx , put x 2
t dt x dx [½]
1 x3 2
2 dt
I [½]
3 1 t2
2 1
I= sin (t) c [1]
3
2 3
I = sin 1 x 2 c [1]
3
OR
4
Let I = loge (1 tan x) dx …..(1)
0
4
a a
I loge 1 tan x dx Using f(x) dx f(a x) dx [1]
0 4 0 0
4
1 tan x 4
2 4
I loge 1 dx 0 e 1 tan x
log dx 0 loge 2dx I [Using (1)] [1]
0 1 tan x
2I log e 2 I log e 2 [1]
4 8
254 E
dx xe y 2 y
Method 2 : We have, x
dy
y.e y
dx x y
x …..(1) [½]
dy y
ey
dx dv
Put x = vy vy· [½]
dy dy
dv y
So, equation (1) becomes v y v v [½]
dy e
dv y
y [½]
dy e v
ev dv = dy [½]
x
OR
dy
The given differential equation is (cos2 x) y tan x
dx
Dividing both the sides by cos2x, we get
dy y tan x
dx cos x cos2 x
2
dy
y(sec 2 x) tan x(sec 2 x) …..(1) [½]
dx
dy
Comparing with Py Q
dx
P = sec2 x, Q = tan x. sec2 x
E 255
Thus, the solution of the given differential equation is given by the relation :
y(I.F.) (I.F. Q) dx
Y
x=0
D(0,200)
200
175
150
125
100 C(50,100)
75
[1½]
25
(100,0)
X' X
O 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Y'
A(0, 50), B(20,40), C(50, 100) and D(0, 200) are the corner points of the feasible region.
The values of Z at these corner points are given below :
Corner point Corresponding value of
Z = x + 2y
A(0,50) 100 Minimum
[1]
B(20,40) 100 Minimum
C(50,100) 250
D(0,200) 400
The minimum value of Z is 100 at all the points on the line segment joining the points(0, 50) and
(20, 40). [½]
256 E
OR
The feasible region determined by the constraints, x 3, x + y 5, x + 2y 6, y 0. is given below :
5 C(0,5)
4
(0,3
3
2 A(3,2) [1½]
1 B(4,1)
(0,0.5) C(6,0)
X' X
(–1,0) O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Y' x=3
y = x2 + 1
5
4 y=x+1
3 R(2,3)
Q(1,2)
2
x=1 x=2
1 P(0,1)
X' X [1]
O S T
(1,0) (2,0)
Y'
1 2
x3 x2
x x [½]
3 0 2 1
1 1
1 0 (2 2) 1 [½]
3 2
23 23
Hence the required area is sq. units. [1]
6 6
33. Let (a, b) be an arbitrary element of × . Then (a, b) × and a, b .
We have, ab = ba; (As a, b and multiplication is commutative on )
(a, b) R (a, b), according to the definition of the relation R on ×
Thus (a, b) R (a, b), (a, b) ×
So, R is reflexive relation on × . [1]
Let (a, b), (c, d) be arbitrary elements of × such that (a, b) R (c, d).
Then, (a, b) R (c, d) ad = bc bc = ad; (changing LHS and RHS)
cb = da; (As a, b, c, d and multiplication is commutative on )
(c, d) R (a, b); according to the definition of the relation R on × .
Thus, (a, b) R (c, d) (c, d) R (a , b)
258 E
So, R is symmetric relation on × . [1]
Let (a, b), (c, d), (e, f) be arbitrary elements of × such that
(a, b) R (c, d) and (c, d) R (e, f)
(a, b) R (c, d) ad bc
Then, (ad) (cf) = (bc) (de) af = be
(c, d) R (e, f) cf de
(a, b) R (e, f); according to the definition of the relation R on × .
Thus (a, b) R (c, d) and (c, d) R (e, f) (a, b) R(e, f)
So, R is transitive relation on × . [1]
As the relation R is reflexive, symmetric and transitive so, it is equivalence relation on × . [½]
[(2, 6)] = {(x, y) × : (x, y) R (2, 6)}
= {(x, y) × : 3x = y}
= {(x, 3x) : x } = {(1, 3), (2, 6), (3, 9),……..} [1½]
OR
x
1 x , if x 0
We have, f(x)
x , if x 0
1 x
Now, we consider the following cases
x
Case 1: when x 0, we have, f(x)
1 x
Injectivity : Let x, y {0} such that f(x) = f(y), then
x y
x + xy = y + xy x = y
1 x 1 y
So, f is injective function. [1]
x 1
Surjectivity : When x 0 f(x) 0 and f(x) 1 1 , as x 0
1 x 1 x
y
y 1 y
Let y [0, 1), thus for each y [0, 1) there exists x 0 such that f(x) y
1 y y
1
1 y
So, f is onto function of [0, ) to [0, 1). [1]
x
Case 2 : when x 0, we have, f(x)
1 x
Injectivity : Let x, y i.e. x, y < 0 such that f(x) = f(y), then
x y
x – xy = y – xy x = y
1 x 1 y
So, f is injective function.
E 259
x x 1
Surjectivity : x < 0, we have f(x) 0 also, f(x) 1 1 [1]
1 x 1 x 1 x
–1 < f(x) < 0
y
Let y (–1, 0) be an arbitrary real number and there exists x 0 such that,
1 y
y
y 1 y
f(x) f y
1 y 1 y
1 y
y
So, for y (–1, 0), then exists x 0 such that f(x) = y
1 y
x – xy = y + xy x – y = 2xy, here LHS > 0 but RHS < 0, which is inadmissible.
2 3 10 1 x 4
Where, A 4 6 5 , X 1
y and B 1
6 9 20 1 z 2
2 3 10
Now, A 4 6 5 = 2(120 – 45) – 3(–80 – 30) + 10(36 + 36) [½]
6 9 20
= 2(75) – 3(–110) + 10 (72) = 150 + 330 + 720 = 1200 0 A–1 exists [½]
T
75 110 72 75 150 75
adjA 150 100 0 110 100 30
[1½]
75 30 24 72 0 24
75 150 75
1 1
Hence, A 1
(adjA) 110 100 30 [½]
|A| 1200
72 0 24
260 E
1 x 75 150 75 4
1
As, AX = B X = A B 1
–1
y 110 100 30 1 [½]
1200
1 z 72 0 24 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
Thus, , , . Hence, x = 2, y = 3, z = 5 [1]
x 2 y 3 z 5
35. Let P(1, 6, 3) be the given point, and let 'L' be the foot of the perpendicular from 'P' to the given
line AB (as shown in the figure below). The coordinates of a general point on the given line are
x 0 y 1 z 2
given by ; is a scalar, i.e. x = , y = 2+ 1 and z = 3 + 2.
1 2 3
P(1,6, 3)
A B
L
Q
Let the coordinates of L be (, 2 + 1, 3 + 2). [½]
So, direction ratios of PL are – 1, 2 + 1 – 6 and 3 + 2 – 3, i.e. – 1, 2 – 5 and 3 – 1. [½]
Direction ratios of the given line are 1, 2 and 3, which is perpendicular to PL.
Therefore , ( – 1) 1 + (2– 5)2 + (3 – 1) 3 = 0 14 – 14 = 0 = 1 [1]
So, coordinates of L are (1, 3, 5). [1]
Let Q(x1, y1, z1) be the image of P(1, 6, 3) in the given line. Then L is the mid-point of PQ.
(x1 1) (y 6) (z 3)
Therefore 1, 1 3 and 1 5 x1 = 1, y1 = 0 and z1 = 7
2 2 2
Hence, the image of P(1, 6, 3) in the given line is (1, 0, 7). [1]
Now, the distance of the point (1, 0, 7) from the y-axis is 12 72 50 units [1]
E 261
OR
Method 1 :
P(, –, )
Q(1, –2, )
and r ˆi ˆj ˆj k)
ˆ …..(2)
Let the position vector of the point P lying on the line r (iˆ ˆj k)
ˆ where '' is a scalar, is
(iˆ ˆj k)
ˆ , for some and the position vector of the point Q lying on the line [½]
r ˆi ˆj (2 ˆj k)
ˆ ; where '' is a scalar, is ˆi (1 2)ˆj ()kˆ , for some .
Now, the vector PQ OQ OP = (1 )iˆ (1 2 )ˆj ( )kˆ ; (where 'O' is the origin),[½]
is perpendicular to both the lines, so the vector PQ is perpendicular to both the vectors ˆi ˆj kˆ
and 2 ˆj kˆ .
2
The shortest distance = units. [1]
3
262 E
Method 2 :
P(, –, )
Q(1, –2, )
The equation of two given straight lines in the Cartesian form are
x y z
……(1)
1 1 1
x 1 y 1 z
and …….(2)
0 2 1
The lines are not parallel as direction ratios are not proportional. Let P be a point on straight line
(i) and Q be a point on straight line (ii) such that line PQ is perpendicular to both of the lines.
Let the coordinates of P be () and that of Q be (1, – 2 – 1, ); where '' and '' are [½]
scalars.
3 – 3 = 2 …..(3) [½]
2
Solving (3) and (4), we get = 0, [1]
3
2 2 2
Therefore, the coordinates of P are , , and that of Q are (1, – 1, 0). [1]
3 3 3
E 263
SECTION – E
36. Let E1, E2, E3 be the events that James, Sophia and Oliver processed the form, which are clearly
pairwise mutually exclusive and exhaustive set of events.
50 5 20 1 30 3
Then, P(E1 ) , P(E 2 ) and P(E 3 )
100 10 100 5 100 10
Also, let E be the event of committing an error.
We have P(E | E1) = 0.06, P(E | E2) = 0.04, P(E | E3) = 0.03.
(i) The probability that Sophia processed the form and committed an error is given by
1
P(E E 2 ) P(E 2 ).P(E | E 2 ) 0.04 0.008 [1]
5
(ii) The total probability of committing an error in processing the form is given by
P(E) = P(E1).P(E | E1) + P(E2).P(E | E2) + P(E3).P(E | E3)
50 20 30
P(E) 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.047 [1]
100 100 100
(iii) The probability that the form is processed by James given that form has an error is given by
P(E | E1 ) P(E1 )
P(E1 | E)
P(E | E1 ).P(E1 ) P(E | E 2 ).P(E 2 ) P(E | E 3 ).P(E 3 )
50
0.06
100 30
[1]
50 20 30 47
0.06 0.04 0.03
100 100 100
Therefore, the required probability that the form is not processed by James given that form
30 17
has an error = P(E1 | E) 1 P(E1 | E) 1 [1]
47 47
OR
3
(iii) P(E
i 1
i | E) P(E1 | E) P(E 2 | E) P(E 3 | E)
P (E E1 ) (E E 2 ) (E E 3 )
as Ei and Ej; i = j are mutually exclusive events.
P(E)
P E (E1 E 2 E 3 ) P E S P E
1 ; 'S' being the sample space. [1]
P(E) P(E) P(E)
264 E
37. We have
F1 62 0 2 6 kN ,
F2 (4)2 42 32 4 2 kN ,
F3 (3)2 (3)2 18 3 2 kN
OR
F ˆi ˆj [1]
1 3
tan 1 ; where '' is the angle made by the resultant force with the
1 4 4
+ve direction of the x-axis. [1]
1
38. y 4x x 2
2
(i) The rate of growth of the plant with respect to the number of days exposed to sunlight is
dy
given by 4x [2]
dx
dy
(ii) Let rate of growth be represented by the function g(x) .
dx
d dy
Now, g(x) 1 0
dx dx
g(x) decrease.
So the rate of growth of the plant decreases for the first three days. [1]
1
Height of the plant after 2 days is y 4 2 (2) 2 6 cm [1]
2
E 265
IMPORTANT NOTES
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________
266 E